<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Grrrmachine</id>
	<title>E30 Zone Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Grrrmachine"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Grrrmachine"/>
	<updated>2026-04-24T19:01:28Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofitting_Aircon&amp;diff=34151</id>
		<title>Retrofitting Aircon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofitting_Aircon&amp;diff=34151"/>
		<updated>2018-02-26T07:46:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Almost every modern car comes equipped with [[Aircon|air-conditioning]] these days; a feature that you take for granted, until you step into an E30 and realise it's not there. To help you cool your sweaty brow, here's how to get your chill on in an E30.&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need the following parts to hand before you begin this installation. While many of these parts can be sourced from scrapyards and donor vehicles, we highly recommend purchasing new parts (*) in some cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon [[Heating#Heater_Matrix|heater matrix]] containing [[Aircon#Evaporator|evaporator]] with fitted [[Aircon#Expansion_Valve|expansion valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon-compatible [[Cooling#Radiator|radiator]] with temperature sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Condenser|Condenser]]* and [[Aircon#Fan|fan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Compressor|Compressor]] and bracket&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Receiver_Drier|Receiver Drier]]*&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Pipework|Pipework]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon Loom&lt;br /&gt;
* O-rings (refer to realoem.com for part numbers and quantities)*&lt;br /&gt;
* Compressor Oil (PAG-46 for the standard BMW-Seiko unit, 8 fl. oz.)*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installing Aircon is a very involved process. A large portion of the [[Interior|interior]] needs dismantling, as well as the process of leak detecting and charging the system once complete. We recommend allocating three days in total for this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heater Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Heater Matrix, which contains the evaporator, is the most cumbersome part of the installation since you need to remove the [[Interior#Dashboard|dashboard]] to do it. So that we don't repeat ourselves, learn more about [[Changing_the_Dash|removing the dash here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the dash out, we need to drill some holes into the bulkhead from the drain pipes. The main hole is located on the transmission tunnel on the left hand side; curl back the carpet from around the foot air vents, and you should see an oval shape cut into the sound deadening. This is where the rubber drain hole needs to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconDrain.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two others as well, but if you have the heater matrix in place you'll see where the drain holes are supposed to be. BMW knocked dimples into the metal for later drilling, and the holes need to be 25mm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the holes are in place, the heater matrix can be fitted in place. Don't reassemble the interior yet though; we still need to deal with the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Pipework|pipework]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pipework==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubber and metal pipework is what allows the refrigerant to circulate around the system. There are two main pipes; the supply and return from the engine bay into the cabin area to feed the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Heater_Matrix|heater matrix]]. Then there's the individual links between components within the engine bay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start with, lets look at getting those supply and return pipes through the bulkhead. BMW helped out by stamping a cut-out into the shell, and all you have to do is find it and knock it out with a hammer. It's located next to the battery tray, under the bonnet clamp. Remove that clamp, and tap around with a hammer until it pops out like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework3.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can feed your pipes in and bolt them up to the evaporator within the matrix. Once that's done, you can go about fixing the pipework to its proper fittings inside the engine bay until it looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that one pipe runs under the inner wing &amp;quot;lip&amp;quot;, while the other runs down the side of the suspension turret. They will meet up by the condenser and compressor, in this arrangement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pipework will also include the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Receiver_Drier|receiver drier]]. The receiver/drier slots into a circular hole in the metalwork just behind the headlight, so punch the blanking plate out and slip the unit in, then run the pipe back to the compressor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Condenser and Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCondenser.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The condenser and fan mount in place in front of the existing vehicle radiator, which means you will have to remove the radiator to get to it. You'll also need to remove the plastic shroud that fits in front of the existing radiator, so it's best to disassemble some of the front grille so that you can see what you're doing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the area clear, you can feed in the condenser and fan. The assembly will bolt to the slam panel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCondenserFan.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compressor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next we move onto the compressor. First thing is to install the mounting bracket, which is bolted to the side of the block on the [[Exhaust|exhaust]] side, like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCompressorBracket.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then offer up the compressor with its adjuster bracket, and fit it loosely. Then you'll need to install and a new belt on the middle groove of the accessory belt pulley. Unfortunately this will mean removing one of the existing belts; if you're not sure how to do that, learn more about [[Changing_Belts|changing belts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCompressor.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Receiver Drier==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The receiver drier is mounted within the pipework, and is a sealed unit. It bolts to the car body by the compressor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are fitting a second-hand system and do not know the age of the receiver drier, then it is heavily recommended to purchase a new component since these parts are so sensitive to moisture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two different types of factory fit aircon loom exist. One type is basically separate from the rest of the engine bay loom, and is relatively simple to remove and reinstall. There's a small 5 pin connector inside the fusebox, and a few fuse and relay terminals that need to be clipped into the fusebox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type is physically part of the main engine bay loom, and cannot easily be split from the main loom. It's also wired through into the car, and does not have the 5 pin connector inside the fusebox. It's certainly still possible to use this version, but it's a bit more involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With either type, there is no work involved under the dash. BMW were good in the fact that they ran the extra wires from the heater box connector through into the fusebox. All you need to do inside the car, is plug the aircon heater box wiring into the standard connector, and you're done. There's also a single wire that needs connecting into the engine loom (under the dash). This is what tells the ECU to increase the idle speed when you switch the A/C on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the fuse crimps, you first need to remove the plastic locking strips, or you will never get them out of the donor vehicle. Once this is removed, they will come out quite easily with the aid of a small jewellers screwdriver. Just push it down the side of the crimp (from the top), and wiggle the wire underneath, and it should come out. Don't force it, or you will damage the crimp (not the end of the world, as you can get replacements).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be a small diode connected to a single wire (possibly the violet/black one you can see in the photo above). It's fitted inside a black plastic housing that has a spade terminal on each end. This needs to go with the aircon loom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have the wiring to hand, it should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConWiring1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall, you need to open up your own [[Fuse_Box|Fuse Box]] and feed those wires into it, according to their positions in the pictures below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox3.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To confirm these wires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Thick Black/Green is Fuse 3&lt;br /&gt;
*Thick Black/Blue is Fuse 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The two small black wires in the space on Relay K1&lt;br /&gt;
*The small Brown wire (earth) in the space on Relay K6&lt;br /&gt;
*The small Brown/Black wire in the space on Relay K6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need to connect the open end of the diode to the the clear spade connector (brown looking plug). This stops the aircon switching on when the fan hits slow speed with engine temps triggering the low fan speed with AC off. Don't forget to earth the loom at the nearside headlamp earthing post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also be left with this black connector, which comes off the loom near the Aircon Switch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConWiring2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It plugs into a special connector next to the main engine [[ECU]], which sits under the [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|instrument cluster]] on RHD cars. Pop off the knee panel under the steering column and you'll see the ECU and connector easily enough.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofitting_Aircon&amp;diff=34150</id>
		<title>Retrofitting Aircon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofitting_Aircon&amp;diff=34150"/>
		<updated>2018-02-26T07:45:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Almost every modern car comes equipped with [[Aircon|air-conditioning]] these days; a feature that you take for granted, until you step into an E30 and realise it's not there. To help you cool your sweaty brow, here's how to get your chill on in an E30.&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will need the following parts to hand before you begin this installation. While many of these parts can be sourced from scrapyards and donor vehicles, we highly recommend purchasing new parts (*) in some cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon [[Heating#Heater_Matrix|heater matrix]] containing [[Aircon#Evaporator|evaporator]] with fitted [[Aircon#Expansion_Valve|expansion valve]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon-compatible [[Cooling#Radiator|radiator]] with temperature sensor&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Condenser|Condenser]] and [[Aircon#Fan|fan]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Compressor|Compressor]] and bracket&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Receiver_Drier|Receiver Drier]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aircon#Pipework|Pipework]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Aircon Loom&lt;br /&gt;
* Compressor Oil (PAG-46 for the standard BMW-Seiko unit, 8 fl. oz.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Installing Aircon is a very involved process. A large portion of the [[Interior|interior]] needs dismantling, as well as the process of leak detecting and charging the system once complete. We recommend allocating three days in total for this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Heater Matrix==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Heater Matrix, which contains the evaporator, is the most cumbersome part of the installation since you need to remove the [[Interior#Dashboard|dashboard]] to do it. So that we don't repeat ourselves, learn more about [[Changing_the_Dash|removing the dash here]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the dash out, we need to drill some holes into the bulkhead from the drain pipes. The main hole is located on the transmission tunnel on the left hand side; curl back the carpet from around the foot air vents, and you should see an oval shape cut into the sound deadening. This is where the rubber drain hole needs to be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconDrain.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two others as well, but if you have the heater matrix in place you'll see where the drain holes are supposed to be. BMW knocked dimples into the metal for later drilling, and the holes need to be 25mm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the holes are in place, the heater matrix can be fitted in place. Don't reassemble the interior yet though; we still need to deal with the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Pipework|pipework]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Pipework==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubber and metal pipework is what allows the refrigerant to circulate around the system. There are two main pipes; the supply and return from the engine bay into the cabin area to feed the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Heater_Matrix|heater matrix]]. Then there's the individual links between components within the engine bay. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To start with, lets look at getting those supply and return pipes through the bulkhead. BMW helped out by stamping a cut-out into the shell, and all you have to do is find it and knock it out with a hammer. It's located next to the battery tray, under the bonnet clamp. Remove that clamp, and tap around with a hammer until it pops out like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework3.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you can feed your pipes in and bolt them up to the evaporator within the matrix. Once that's done, you can go about fixing the pipework to its proper fittings inside the engine bay until it looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that one pipe runs under the inner wing &amp;quot;lip&amp;quot;, while the other runs down the side of the suspension turret. They will meet up by the condenser and compressor, in this arrangement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconPipework2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pipework will also include the [[Retrofitting_Aircon#Receiver_Drier|receiver drier]]. The receiver/drier slots into a circular hole in the metalwork just behind the headlight, so punch the blanking plate out and slip the unit in, then run the pipe back to the compressor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Condenser and Fan==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCondenser.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The condenser and fan mount in place in front of the existing vehicle radiator, which means you will have to remove the radiator to get to it. You'll also need to remove the plastic shroud that fits in front of the existing radiator, so it's best to disassemble some of the front grille so that you can see what you're doing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the area clear, you can feed in the condenser and fan. The assembly will bolt to the slam panel &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCondenserFan.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compressor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Next we move onto the compressor. First thing is to install the mounting bracket, which is bolted to the side of the block on the [[Exhaust|exhaust]] side, like so:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCompressorBracket.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then offer up the compressor with its adjuster bracket, and fit it loosely. Then you'll need to install and a new belt on the middle groove of the accessory belt pulley. Unfortunately this will mean removing one of the existing belts; if you're not sure how to do that, learn more about [[Changing_Belts|changing belts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirconCompressor.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Receiver Drier==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The receiver drier is mounted within the pipework, and is a sealed unit. It bolts to the car body by the compressor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are fitting a second-hand system and do not know the age of the receiver drier, then it is heavily recommended to purchase a new component since these parts are so sensitive to moisture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two different types of factory fit aircon loom exist. One type is basically separate from the rest of the engine bay loom, and is relatively simple to remove and reinstall. There's a small 5 pin connector inside the fusebox, and a few fuse and relay terminals that need to be clipped into the fusebox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second type is physically part of the main engine bay loom, and cannot easily be split from the main loom. It's also wired through into the car, and does not have the 5 pin connector inside the fusebox. It's certainly still possible to use this version, but it's a bit more involved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With either type, there is no work involved under the dash. BMW were good in the fact that they ran the extra wires from the heater box connector through into the fusebox. All you need to do inside the car, is plug the aircon heater box wiring into the standard connector, and you're done. There's also a single wire that needs connecting into the engine loom (under the dash). This is what tells the ECU to increase the idle speed when you switch the A/C on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the fuse crimps, you first need to remove the plastic locking strips, or you will never get them out of the donor vehicle. Once this is removed, they will come out quite easily with the aid of a small jewellers screwdriver. Just push it down the side of the crimp (from the top), and wiggle the wire underneath, and it should come out. Don't force it, or you will damage the crimp (not the end of the world, as you can get replacements).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should also be a small diode connected to a single wire (possibly the violet/black one you can see in the photo above). It's fitted inside a black plastic housing that has a spade terminal on each end. This needs to go with the aircon loom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have the wiring to hand, it should look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConWiring1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall, you need to open up your own [[Fuse_Box|Fuse Box]] and feed those wires into it, according to their positions in the pictures below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox1.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConFuseBox3.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To confirm these wires:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Thick Black/Green is Fuse 3&lt;br /&gt;
*Thick Black/Blue is Fuse 18&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The two small black wires in the space on Relay K1&lt;br /&gt;
*The small Brown wire (earth) in the space on Relay K6&lt;br /&gt;
*The small Brown/Black wire in the space on Relay K6&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also need to connect the open end of the diode to the the clear spade connector (brown looking plug). This stops the aircon switching on when the fan hits slow speed with engine temps triggering the low fan speed with AC off. Don't forget to earth the loom at the nearside headlamp earthing post.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will also be left with this black connector, which comes off the loom near the Aircon Switch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:AirConWiring2.jpg|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It plugs into a special connector next to the main engine [[ECU]], which sits under the [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|instrument cluster]] on RHD cars. Pop off the knee panel under the steering column and you'll see the ECU and connector easily enough.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Pedals&amp;diff=34120</id>
		<title>Pedals</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Pedals&amp;diff=34120"/>
		<updated>2016-01-02T07:53:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: New page: The pedals are the foot-operated controls for the E30. Automatics have two, while manual cars have three. If you don't know this sort of stuff, please cut up your driving licence and put i...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pedals are the foot-operated controls for the E30. Automatics have two, while manual cars have three. If you don't know this sort of stuff, please cut up your driving licence and put it in the bin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Accelerator Pedal=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accelerator pedal, also known as the loud pedal, happy pedal or (disturbingly) the gas, is how you make your car speed up. When you press it, it does ''not'' increase the amount of fuel going in to the engine. Instead it pulls a cable which opens a flap on the [[Intake#Throttle_Body|throttle body]], allowing more air into the intake. The [[ECU]] detects this increased air flow via the [[Intake#AFM|AFM]], and injects more fuel accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accelerator pedal is the same on all cars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Removing the Accelerator Pedal==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The accelerator pedal is clipped to the floor of the car, which makes things awkward if you're trying to remove the [[Interior#Carpet|carpet]]. Here's how to get it out without breaking much.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:AccPedal01.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Pull off the clamp (part 2 in the pic) and unclip the pedal from the arm.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:AccPedal02.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|The bottom of the pedal is clipped to a metal bracket in the floor. Press the carpet down to access the clips, and bend them forward to release the pedal. Lift the pedal upwards to get it off the bracket.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:AccPedal03.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
|When refitting, make sure the clips have a solid grip on the braket. If they don't, fit a new pedal - it's not worth the risk of it unclipping while driving.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Brake Pedal=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The brake pedal is part of the pedal box, which also holds the clutch pedal. The brake pedal arm connects to a brass rod, which then connects to the [[Brakes#Brake_Servo|brake servo]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The brake pedal also houses the switch for the [[Lights#Brake_Lights|brake lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Clutch Pedal=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clutch pedal is part of the pedal box, which also holds the brake pedal. The clutch pedal arm bolts directly to the [[Clutch#Master_Cylinder|clutch master cylinder]], which supplies the hydraulic pressure to work the clutch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On automatics that don't have this pedal, the hole for the master cylinder is covered with a metal blank. This should easily pop out with a swift tap of the hammer if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Replacing Pedal Box=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is mostly done as part of an auto-to-manual swap. Here's how to get your old box out, and the proper two-pedal box in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Removing Automatic Pedal Box==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a fiddly job not helped by the fact your working in a footwell. Be careful when removing the brass rod connecting the brake pedal to the brake servo. Make sure you remove it at the pedal end, but not at the end behind the glovebox or you will have the biggest of jobs to reattach it. This is quite difficult to achieve as the threads on this brass rod run in opposite directions so as you loosen it at the pedal end, it loosens at the servo end and vice versa. If possible, try to spin the pedal box once removed from the bulkhead rather than the other way round. It may seem like doing it the wrong way round, but trust me, you will save yourself work in the long run. If you get this wrong, it's a two-man job to reattach it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Make Hole for Clutch==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the firewall and you will see an area which is already marked out for the clutch master to go through. This is an especially thin piece of metal which should just pop out. Using something like an old breaker bar or summat and apply some gentle persuasion with a hammer, this will pop the punch out and this is where the master cylinder goes through.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fit Pedal Box==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Refit the manual pedal box, reattaching the brass rod to the brake pedal. Do not bother raising the brake pedal too high at this moment as you will want to see where the accelerator and the clutch pedal will sit and raise it to about the same height. Bolt the clutch master cylinder to the clutch pedal at the same time.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal03.png&amp;diff=34119</id>
		<title>File:AccPedal03.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal03.png&amp;diff=34119"/>
		<updated>2016-01-02T07:26:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Remove Accelerator Pedal 3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Remove Accelerator Pedal 3&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal02.png&amp;diff=34118</id>
		<title>File:AccPedal02.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal02.png&amp;diff=34118"/>
		<updated>2016-01-02T07:26:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Remove Accelerator Pedal 2&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Remove Accelerator Pedal 2&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal01.png&amp;diff=34117</id>
		<title>File:AccPedal01.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:AccPedal01.png&amp;diff=34117"/>
		<updated>2016-01-02T07:26:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Remove Accelerator Pedal 1&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Remove Accelerator Pedal 1&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Bodywork&amp;diff=34022</id>
		<title>Bodywork</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Bodywork&amp;diff=34022"/>
		<updated>2015-07-06T14:19:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The E30 was offered in a number of body styles. A [[Saloon#2-Door|2-door]] and [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]] saloon, [[Cabriolet]] and [[Touring]]. However, for the [[M3]], please refer to the specific page for that car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The car received one facelift during its lifetime, when the metal bumpers and chrome trim were replaced with plastic bumpers and plastic trim. This facelift also necessitated changes to the front valance and the shape of the rear arches, but all other body panels are compatible across the production range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a lot more to the body of an E30 than just its metal form. All other areas, both mechanical and cosmetic, contribute to the car's increasingly iconic status. Understanding how they all fit together is key to keeping your E30 in one piece, rust-free and on the road.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Shell=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standard shell of an E30 uses pressed steel to form a cabin. The floorpan is strengthened at the sides by inner and outer sills. A forward bulkhead meets a scuttle underneath the window, and at the front corners A-pillars rise up to carry the leading edge of the roof. B-pillars run from the centre of the sills upwards and are bridged by a buttress to carry the centre of the roof (except on the [[Cabriolet|cabriolet]], and C-pillars rise from the rear corners of the sills to hold the rear of the roof. Rear quarter panels run from the C-pillar (B-pillar on [[Saloon#2-Door|2-door]] saloons and cabriolets) to a rear valance. At the front of the car, inner wings carry the suspension turrets, and connect to the bulkhead. The front end is closed with a front cross member. Underneath, two chassis rails run from the front cross member back to the centre of the floorpan, and end underneath the front seats. A number of other smaller panels in various locations provide strengthening and rigidity to the shell. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All joints on the shell are spot-welded to make a one-piece construction. If you are [[Restorations|restoring]] the shell of your car, seam-welding all joints can add extra rigidity as well as reducing opportunities for rust.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roof==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Roof]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Panels==&lt;br /&gt;
Connected to the main shell are body panels, all of which are considered removable using basic tools. These are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Front Valance]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Front Wings]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Bonnet]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Roof#Sunroof|Sunroof]] - ''if fitted''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Doors|Front Doors]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Doors|Rear Doors]] - ''[[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]] and [[Touring]] only, not interchangeable''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Boot_Lid|Boot lid]] - ''except [[Touring]]''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Tailgate]] - ''[[Touring]] only''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many of these parts are interchangeable between models, except where stated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bumpers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two styles of bumpers were fitted to E30s. Earlier cars had chrome bumpers, which employed a metal bumper with a thick rubberised strip around the front face. Following the 1988 facelift, bumpers were made of colour-coded plastic, with black plastic inserts on the leading face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two styles of bumper are '''not''' interchangeable; significant body work needs to be undertaken to convert the front and rear valances to accept the different type of bumpers. Despite the labour involved, it is possible to [[Convert_a_pre-facelift_to_a_facelift|convert a pre-facelift to a facelift]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As well as the chrome/plastic differences, bumpers are not standard across the range. All front bumpers are compatible (so all plastic front bumpers will fit all facelift cars), but rear bumpers differ between saloons, and Convertibles and Tourings. Cabriolet and Touring rear bumpers are longer at the sides, because the rear quarter panels on these vehicles are longer. Therefore, fitting a saloon rear bumper to a touring will show a significant gap between the end of the bumper and the edge of the wheel arch. Because Tourings were never available with chrome bumpers, this makes cabriolet chrome bumpers increasingly valuable due to their model- and age-restricted scarcity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Paint==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Paint_Colour_Codes|Paint Codes]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E30 was offered in a number of colours during its lifetime, in both solid and metallic paint. Some are unique to early cars, others were only available to facelift models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The colour of your car will be printed on a sticker on your front passenger suspension turret.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Windows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Windscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The windscreen on E30s is the same across the entire model range; there is no difference between saloon, and touring windscreens. Cabriolet windscreens are the same dimension as all other windscreens, but have a mount to attach the rear view mirror.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removing and refitting a windscreen is a quick and easy job that does not require any specialist tools. However, a weather seal tool will job the job even quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove the windscreen, remove the small black clip in the middle of the weather strip (between the two windscreen wipers). Then, using a flat screwdriver or the appropriate tool, gently pry out the weather strip all the way around the windscreen. Once this is removed, gently but firmly press the windscreen out from inside the car. Do not apply too much pressure at the edge or the corner of the windscreen or you will crack the glass. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the glass has popped out of the rubber seal, clean the seal thoroughly but do not use washing up liquid; this contains salt and will cause corrosion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To refit, place the new glass into the seal at the bottom edge, and then use a thin tool to ease the rubber seal around the edge. Masking tape on the bodywork around the window will help protect if the tool slips. Once the windscreen is in, the weather strip can be refitted by applying firm but controlled pressure with a screwdriver, or with the weather seal tool. Then reattach the black clip to join the weather seal together.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Door windows===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:IMG_0692.jpg|thumb|120px|right|Pre-facelift electric window mechanism]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Doors|Door windows]]'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Door glass is specific to the doors of each car. Since cabriolet doors will not fit a [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]], neither will the glass, and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While manual windows were the standard for most cars, all models had electric windows as an option, even on pre-facelift models. However, the regulator that controls the window is different between pre- and facelift cars, and therefore the glass must be changed to match if changing regulators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Doors#Electric_Windows_not_working|Electric windows not working]] at all is a common problem, with a simple troubleshooting process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rear door windows are specific to each model, since the rear doors (if any) are the defining difference of each E30 body style. For [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]] and [[Touring]] models, please refer to the [[Doors]] section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your windows aren't lining up properly, learn how to [[Adjusting_the_Front_window|align the door windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quarterglass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The side window of a car is known as the quarterglass and can be found on two-door models and the rear doors of four-door models. The shape of the quarterglass, especially as it meets the C-pillar and rear quarter panel, is the defining feature of most BMWS, and is known as the Hofmeister Kink.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On [[Saloon#2-Door|2-door]] models, opening rear quarterglass was an optional extra. Click here to [[Opening_Rear_Quarter_Windows|open your rear quarter windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Tourings, which have a fixed glass pane in the rear doors, the Hofmeister Kink can be found on the D-pillar, and the side window between the C- and D-pillar is known as the quarterglass. This window is bonded in, removal and refitting should only be done by a professional.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On Cabriolets, the rear windows can also fall out of alignment over time. If you have gaps between your windows and your roof, learn how to [[Adjusting_Cab_rear_windows|adjust your cabriolet windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trim==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Chrome and Shadowline===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the lifetime of the E30, two trim levels were produced, and are referred to as pre-facelift and facelift respectively. The terms Chrome and Shadowline are also applied, and determine whether the trim (such as window edges and roof gutter trim) were finished in chrome or in satin black paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most of these trim items are connected to the vehicle using clips; very few bolts, nuts or screws are used to fasten trim to the car body. For this reason, removal of the trim is a very delicate process involving gentle pulling in strategic places, rather than simple unbolting. For more info, see [[Trim_removal|removing the trim]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All chrome and shadowline trim pieces are interchangeable, but specific to each body style. For example, the roof gutter trim (which clips to the A-pillar and over the door) is significantly longer on Touring models, and not present on cabriolets. However, it is possible to convert a chrome car to shadowline trim using simple parts from a donor vehicle, with very little modification needed, except to the [[Bodywork#Bumpers|bumpers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Front Grille===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The nose section of the E30 is the defining feature of the model, with its four headlights and double kidneys framed by plastic slatted grilles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grilles are held in place with two simple screws on the bottom edge, and a number of push-on clips along the top edge. [[Grille_Variants|Two different grilles]] were available for the E30 officially, but a number of third-party options are available, as well as eyebrows and bonnet lips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Badges===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All E30 models are fitted with [[BMW]] badges front and rear, made of aluminium with enamel paint. However, twenty years of exposure to the elements can cause to fading, chipping and corrosion to the badge, leaving even the cleanest E30 looking a bit sorry for itself. While original badges are still available from BMW, their high price means that many choose cheaper plastic alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn how to [[Badge_Replacement|replace your BMW badge]] here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E30s were also fitted with model badges to their rear, identifying the car as a 3-series of a specific engine. Badge deletion was an optional extra when purchasing the car, but you can [[Debadging|remove your own badges]] if you feel so inclined.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pinstripes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
BMW offered the option of having pinstripes fitted when buying your E30. These run the length of the body just above the coachline. On these pinstripes, the upper one is 3mm thick, the lower one 2mm thick, a 2mm gap between. Dependent on the colour of the car affected what colour pinstripes BMW offered, [[Pinstripes|here's a list of those combinations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There were also the stripe kits offered by the likes of Alpina, Hartge and AC Schnitzer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Body Kits==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Body_Kits|Body Kits]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Body kits, also knows as an Aerodynamics Package, were plastic or fibreglass accessories that fitted to the extremities of the car. While their aerodynamic function is limited, they do provide aesthetic enhancements to the E30's body style. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All E30s left the factory with a plastic lower edge on their [[Front_Valance|front valance]], known as a chin spoiler or lip. Optional extras include side skirts that protect the sills from road damage, rear valance spoilers to balance the effect of chin spoilers, and [[Boot_Lid|boot lid]] spoilers to add an aggressive look to the vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bodykits were available as optional extras from the dealer under the M-Tech brand, and are referred to as [[325i_Sport#Tech 1|Tech 1]] for early cars and [[325i_Sport#Tech 2|Tech 2]] for facelift cars. The bodykits consisted not only of bumpers, valance lips and spoilers, but were also complimented by [[Interior|interior]] options including [[Steering_Wheels#Tech_1|steering wheels]] and gear knobs. Touring and Cabriolet models had Sports Edition side skirts as standard, which 325i Sports models had the full M-Technic Aerodynamics Package as standard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fitting your car with an M-Tech kit is not difficult:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|fitting Tech 2 front and rear bumpers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third parties such as Zender and Reiger also produced body kits for the E30, with certain elements now being highly sought-after collectibles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Maintenance=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While a full inspection involves injecting wax into all body cavities and maintaining the condition of the underbody, one of the basic points is to keep the car cleaning, as well as maintaining a surface wax to prevent nasties from damaging the paint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Care_of_your_E30_Paintwork|Looking after your Paintwork]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Basic_cleaning_guide|Basic Cleaning]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced_Cleaning_Guide|Advanced Cleaning]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[How_to_clean_your_car_properly_using_Meguiars|Using Meguiars products]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are very few modifications to be made to the physical shell of the car, although it is possible to stiffen the front end by welding support plates from the top of the suspension turrets to the inner wings. Most other upgrades are cosmetic, and involve changes to the [[Bodywork#Bumpers|bumpers]] and [[Bodywork#Trim|trim]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Problems=&lt;br /&gt;
==Rust==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Rust]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is becoming increasingly difficult to find an E30 that isn't suffering from rust in at least one location, but on these cars there are a few specific trouble areas. While all cars will become crusty around the wheel arches and sills, E30s are specifically prone to rust on the Scuttle, the inner arches, and four corners of the floorpan.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bodywork#Body_Kits|Body kits]] are excellent dirt traps, and many new E30 owners are greeted with nasty surprises when they remove their body kits for the first time. Especially prone are the ends of both sills, as well as the bottoms of front wings and the front edge of the rear wheel arch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For excellent guides on removing rust and restoring the bodyshell, check out the [[Restorations]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Bodywork]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Drivetrain&amp;diff=34021</id>
		<title>Drivetrain</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Drivetrain&amp;diff=34021"/>
		<updated>2015-06-15T17:38:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;It's great that your [[Engines|engine]] produces all that lovely power, but getting it to the [[Wheels]] is a serious matter. To make the bridge between them, you need to understand the [[Drivetrain]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Drivetrain.jpg|thumb|600px|right|Drivetrain comprising [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]], [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]], [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]], [[Differential|differential]], [[Drivetrain#Clutch|clutch]], flywheel and pedals]]&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]], [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]] and [[Differential|differential]] make up the drivetrain. To get power to the gearbox, the [[Drivetrain#Clutch|clutch]] presses itself up hard against the flywheel of the [[Engines|engine]]. The clutch then drives the gearbox input shaft to make the main gearbox shaft turn. Through a series of cogs, the gearbox sends power to its output shaft, which bolts to the differential via the propshaft. From the differential, power is sent to each rear wheel through the [[Drivetrain#Drive_Shafts|drive shafts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Clutch=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Clutch]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clutch on E30s is a hydraulic unit, whereby two fluid cylinders transfer pressure from the pedal to the clutch mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the pedal is pressed, the pedal arm pushes in the [[Drivetrain#Master_Cylinder|master cylinder]]. The master will then push fluid through its pipe to the [[Drivetrain#Slave_Cylinder|slave cylinder]], which operates the clutch release lever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clutch itself is a typical three-piece mechanism of clutch disc, pressure plate and release bearing. It is a service component, and therefore has a fixed lifetime - however, distances of up to 130,000 miles on an original clutch are not unheard of. If replacing the clutch, all three components should be replaced at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Failure to maintain the clutch will result in the unit slipping, meaning the clutch disc is not engaging with the flywheel. This can be for a number of reasons; a worn disc, a failed bearing, or oil on the disc face. Any or all of these necessitate clutch replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test the clutch for slipping:&lt;br /&gt;
* Put the handbrake on full&lt;br /&gt;
* Select 2nd or 3nd gear&lt;br /&gt;
* Give the engine plenty of revs&lt;br /&gt;
* Now gently release  the clutch pedal, giving more throttle as the clutch bites. &lt;br /&gt;
* If your handbrake works well then you should be able to stall the engine. If you can get the clutch all the way up with the engine still revving then the clutch requires maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its location, the only practical way to replace the clutch is to remove the entire gearbox from the vehicle. For those that have access to a lift, the car can be raised enough to remove the gearbox without disturbing the rest of the drivetrain, but for those working on their own driveway, it is often better to remove the engine and gearbox together in order to fit new clutch components. Learn more about [[Replacing_Clutch|replacing the clutch]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Gearbox=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E30 was available as both a Manual and an Automatic. In total, seven different gearboxes were fitted to the E30; Four manuals, all produced by Getrag, and three automatics by ZF. The overall performance of a gearbox is measured by its ratio, found by dividing the ratio of 1st gear by the ratio of 5th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gearbox ratios are also dependent on the ratio of your [[Differential|diff]]. For example, a high ratio diff (4.27) combined with a high-ratio first gear (3.72) will make first gear useless. In contrast, a low-ratio diff (3.25) with a low-ratio gearbox (2.48 in first, for automatics) would be an appalling combination for city driving, with the acceleration of a glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gearboxes on all cars are bolted to the back of the engine via a bell housing, and are held to the car by a crossmember. While it is possible to remove the gearbox from the car in situ, it is considered much easier to disconnect the engine and remove both units in one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operating the gearbox is done via the gearstick in the cabin, which operated the gears via the [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manual==&lt;br /&gt;
A range of gearboxes were used in the E30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|+'''Manual Gearboxes'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
!Four-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;|Five-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[316i]] [[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[320i]] [[324d]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]] Sport&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]] [[324td]] [[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[325i]] [[325iX]] &lt;br /&gt;
![[325i_Sport|325i Sport]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1st&lt;br /&gt;
|3.76&lt;br /&gt;
|3.72&lt;br /&gt;
|3.72&lt;br /&gt;
|3.76&lt;br /&gt;
|3.83&lt;br /&gt;
|3.35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2nd&lt;br /&gt;
|2.04&lt;br /&gt;
|2.02&lt;br /&gt;
|2.02&lt;br /&gt;
|2.33&lt;br /&gt;
|2.20&lt;br /&gt;
|2.03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3rd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.61&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.40&lt;br /&gt;
|1.36&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4th&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.23&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5th&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0.80&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Reverse&lt;br /&gt;
|4.10&lt;br /&gt;
|3.45&lt;br /&gt;
|3.71&lt;br /&gt;
|4.10&lt;br /&gt;
|3.46&lt;br /&gt;
|3.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 242&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 240 or 242/5&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 240&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 245&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 260&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 260/5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M42 engine mates up to the same gearbox used in M40 engines, but is not compatible with earlier M10 gearboxes due to the bolt pattern; you cannot physically fit an M10 gearbox to an M40/M42 engine. Although the M40 and M42 boxes are interchangeable, the input/output shafts are different and so is the [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]]. This means that replacing a 318iS gearbox with the more mundane 318i unit will necessitate a change in prop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the similar ratios between the Getrag 240 and the Getrag 260/5. This means that for those replacing their [[M20]]B20 engine with the more powerful M20B25, Sports performance can be achieving by keeping the original gearbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, don't let parts sellers convince you that the boxes are identical. Getrag gearboxes  can be identified by looking for the serial number stamped around the edge of the bell housing. This number should also contain letters, which will identify the following boxes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''MN''' and '''BMV''' ([[M10]] carbureted models), '''BMO''', '''TBCU''' and '''BCX''' ([[M40]] cars and some [[318iS]])&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''BCO''', '''BCP''' and '''BCT''' - [[318iS]] and [[E34]] 518i (pre 1992 overdrive). These boxes are the longer units with the shorter prop.&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''BMS''', '''MB''' and '''BMT''' - [[320i]] models.&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 242 - '''LF''' ([[316]] M10 only), MD and BMU ([[318i]] M10)&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 242/5 - '''AY''', '''AW''' or '''LG'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 245 - BJ&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 260 - NW, ANB or TNW&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 260/5 - TNN or HM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|+'''Automatic Gearboxes'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
!Three-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Four-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[320i]] [[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1st&lt;br /&gt;
|2.48&lt;br /&gt;
|2.73&lt;br /&gt;
|2.48&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2nd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.48&lt;br /&gt;
|1.56&lt;br /&gt;
|1.48&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3rd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4th&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|0.73&lt;br /&gt;
|0.73&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Reverse&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!ZF 3 HP 22&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|ZF 4 HP 22&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selector==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Shifter_006.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Gear stick and shifter rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
The selector rod is the system that allows you to manually control which gear is selected. The gearstick itself pivots around a ball, and at the other end of this pivot is a long shaft that runs into the gearbox and moves the internal gear selectors. While these rods are a relatively simple concept, the various joints and clips can deteriorate over time, leading to sloppy and clunky gear changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selector rod is specific to each gearbox, having different lengths depending on which gearbox is used. Therefore a [[318i]] will have a longer rod than [[325i]] because the 318i [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]] is shorter. However, all 4-cyl models (316, 318i and [[318iS]]) share the same selector rod.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your gearstick is wobbling all over the place, and doesn't feel how it should, learn how to [[Replacing_Gear_Linkage|replace the gear linkage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Propshaft=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The propshaft is one of the least technical components in the drivetrain, being a simple metal pole that connects the back of the gearbox to the input flange of the differential. To cushion the blow of the engine and gearbox moving (during clunky gear changes and heavy braking), there is a rubber doughnut known as the [[Drivetrain#Guibo|guibo]] bolted to the gearbox end of the propshaft. Holding the prop of the body of the car is a [[Drivetrain#Bearing|bearing]], held in a cradle, which allows the prop to spin freely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Props come in two parts, connected with a swivel joint. These two parts are balanced together at the factory, and it is ESSENTIAL that they go back together in exactly the same way. Before splitting a propshaft, use a white paint or correction fluid to mark the two halves at their joint, so that you can reassemble the prop in exactly the same way. Failing to do this will result in an imbalanced prop which will shake itself apart at high revs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're really lucky, you'll find white dots already in place from the factory, but don't count on it. An imbalanced prop is both useless and worthless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though all E30s are a standard length, gearboxes and diffs are not, and depending on the car a different length prop will be fitted:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:M3Prop.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Propshaft centre joint and bearing, with collar nut highlighted]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Manual&lt;br /&gt;
!Automatic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[318i]] (M10)&lt;br /&gt;
|1560mm?&lt;br /&gt;
|1480mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316i]] [[318i]] (M40)&lt;br /&gt;
|1480mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1570mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1526mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1337mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1468mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1337mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[324td]] [[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1483mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1327mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is possible to adjust the length of each propshaft by a certain amount (up to 10mm) by loosening the collar nut (pictured) and pulling the two halves of the prop apart. Make sure you mark the two halves first in case you separate the prop completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guibo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the gearbox and prop sits the Guibo. This rubber cushion allows a certain degree of flex in the drivetrain, and without it the rattle of the prop would be insufferable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over time you'll notice that changing gear produces a noticeable clunking noise from under the car; this is caused by the guibo failing and flexing too much. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bearing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The centre bearing is essential for holding the prop to the bottom of the car, and is mounted inside a carrier frame. Depending on the model, the bearing fits around either the front or rear half of the propshaft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When making adjustments to the prop, it is essential to tension the centre bearing; this means applying pressure to it before it is bolted in place, otherwise it will simply fall apart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the centre bearing is on the front section of the prop (as in [[325i]], [[318i]] and), then push the bearing about 3mm towards the gearbox and then tighten the bolts up. If the bearing is on the rear section (as in E30 [[M3]]), the bearing is tensioned toward the diff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Differential=&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Differential|Differentials]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most curious components in the drivetrain, the Differential is a massive lump of metal bolted to the [[Suspension#Rear_Subframe|rear subframe]]. It receives power from the [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]] and splits it to both wheels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people are scared of the diff, seeing it as a magic box of grinding gears and wheels, but it isn't that complicated. While it may take a bit of explaining to know how it works, all you need to know is that it allows each wheel to spin at different speeds. This is really useful when it comes to corners, where the inside wheel needs to spin slower than the outer wheel, since it's travelling a shorter path. If it helps, think of Olympic sprinters on a track; the ones on the inner lane don't run so far as the runners in the outer lane, which is why they start further back on the straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differentials fitted to E30s come in two types; Open and Limited Slip, with the latter being highly desired as a &amp;quot;performance&amp;quot; unit. They also come in two sizes; Small and Medium case, with the bigger being fitted to the [[325i]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To tell whether you have an Open or Limited Slip diff, get both output flanges in your hands (one each is best!) and try and turn them in opposite directions, If you can then it's an open diff. If they feel like they're joined together and you can't turn them in opposite directions then it's a LSD. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variety of ratios were available on the E30, from as high as 4.45 to as low as 2.95. Generally speaking, the ratio is a multiplier, where the number is how many times the propshaft has to turn to make the wheels go round once. Lower numbers mean good cruising speed and fuel economy, while high numbers mean great acceleration but noisy motorway driving. The ratio you use completely depends on the body style and engine. Heavier cars like [[Cabriolet]]s and [[Touring]]s will have slightly higher ratios to help them accelerate, while economy and power models like the [[325e]] and [[M3]] will have low ratios to make the best use of the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differential is held in place using four bolts, screwed in from the top, as well as one bolt through the rear bush, allowing the diff to move with the rest of the [[Suspension]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Output Flanges==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diff-fit-01.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Output flange and drive shaft]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output flanges are effectively sockets which run from the inside of the differential to the outside, and provide a flat face to bolt the [[Drivetrain#Drive_Shafts|driveshafts]] to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All E30 output flanges are the same. However, when fitting a differential from another BMW such as the [[E28]], the output flanges from that diff will need to be replaced with E30 flanges to allow the drive shafts to be attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drive Shafts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the power from the [[Drivetrain#Differential|diff]] to the rear [[Wheels]], two drive shafts are used. These bolt to the [[Drivetrain#Output_Flanges|output flanges]] at one end using six Allen-head bolts, and slot into the wheel hub at the other, secured by a 32mm nut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each end of the drive shaft are CV or constant-velocity joints, which allow the driveshaft to turn at an angle to both the wheel and the diff. Although the shaft as a whole is a sturdy unit, these joints should not be pushed to their limits. Therefore, when removing the differential it is important to hang or support the driveshafts somehow. Allowing them to drop to the floor will damage the CV joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Problems=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Clutch Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clutch problems manifest themselves in all sorts of ways, from incredibly low biting points to reluctant gear changes and kangarooing. Because most people think the clutch works through black magic, they always fear the worst.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Surprisingly, a lot of these issues are simple fixes that can be done yourself with simple tools. For more info, check out our [[Clutch#Common_Problems|list of clutch problems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Oil Leaks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's not uncommon to see a fluid leak when you look under the car, especially at the back of the gearbox. A lot of people immediately jump to the conclusion that the rear oil seal for the gearbox has failed, which it may have, but the problem is far more likely to be the small [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector shaft]] seal, which is directly above it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access to this seal is the main problem. Removing the rear crossmember and letting the back of the box drop a little helps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove the linkage, slide the spring clip around the joint on the end of the selector shaft out of the way, push the pin out and remove the joint. Hook the seal out with a small screwdriver, and replace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sloppy Gearstick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloppy, loose, wobbly, slushy; however you call it, it's when the gearstick isn't as tight and responsive as it should be. This is caused by worn joints and bushes in the [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]]. Learn more about [[Replacing_Gear_Linkage|replacing the gear linkage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Auto to Manual==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While automatic 'boxes give a smooth and easy ride, many people feel that it detracts somewhat from the driving experience. If that's your case, learn more about [[Auto_To_Manual|converting your car from Auto to Manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Shifter==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Z3_short_shifter_conversion|Z3 short shift conversion]] will help you change gears quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Drivetrain]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Drivetrain&amp;diff=34020</id>
		<title>Drivetrain</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Drivetrain&amp;diff=34020"/>
		<updated>2015-06-15T14:05:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;It's great that your [[Engines|engine]] produces all that lovely power, but getting it to the [[Wheels]] is a serious matter. To make the bridge between them, you need to understand the [[Drivetrain]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Drivetrain.jpg|thumb|600px|right|Drivetrain comprising [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]], [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]], [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]], [[Differential|differential]], [[Drivetrain#Clutch|clutch]], flywheel and pedals]]&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]], [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]] and [[Differential|differential]] make up the drivetrain. To get power to the gearbox, the [[Drivetrain#Clutch|clutch]] presses itself up hard against the flywheel of the [[Engines|engine]]. The clutch then drives the gearbox input shaft to make the main gearbox shaft turn. Through a series of cogs, the gearbox sends power to its output shaft, which bolts to the differential via the propshaft. From the differential, power is sent to each rear wheel through the [[Drivetrain#Drive_Shafts|drive shafts]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Clutch=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Clutch]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clutch on E30s is a hydraulic unit, whereby two fluid cylinders transfer pressure from the pedal to the clutch mechanism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the pedal is pressed, the pedal arm pushes in the [[Drivetrain#Master_Cylinder|master cylinder]]. The master will then push fluid through its pipe to the [[Drivetrain#Slave_Cylinder|slave cylinder]], which operates the clutch release lever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The clutch itself is a typical three-piece mechanism of clutch disc, pressure plate and release bearing. It is a service component, and therefore has a fixed lifetime - however, distances of up to 130,000 miles on an original clutch are not unheard of. If replacing the clutch, all three components should be replaced at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Failure to maintain the clutch will result in the unit slipping, meaning the clutch disc is not engaging with the flywheel. This can be for a number of reasons; a worn disc, a failed bearing, or oil on the disc face. Any or all of these necessitate clutch replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To test the clutch for slipping:&lt;br /&gt;
* Put the handbrake on full&lt;br /&gt;
* Select 2nd or 3nd gear&lt;br /&gt;
* Give the engine plenty of revs&lt;br /&gt;
* Now gently release  the clutch pedal, giving more throttle as the clutch bites. &lt;br /&gt;
* If your handbrake works well then you should be able to stall the engine. If you can get the clutch all the way up with the engine still revving then the clutch requires maintenance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of its location, the only practical way to replace the clutch is to remove the entire gearbox from the vehicle. For those that have access to a lift, the car can be raised enough to remove the gearbox without disturbing the rest of the drivetrain, but for those working on their own driveway, it is often better to remove the engine and gearbox together in order to fit new clutch components. Learn more about [[Replacing_Clutch|replacing the clutch]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Gearbox=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The E30 was available as both a Manual and an Automatic. In total, seven different gearboxes were fitted to the E30; Four manuals, all produced by Getrag, and three automatics by ZF. The overall performance of a gearbox is measured by its ratio, found by dividing the ratio of 1st gear by the ratio of 5th.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gearbox ratios are also dependent on the ratio of your [[Differential|diff]]. For example, a high ratio diff (4.27) combined with a high-ratio first gear (3.72) will make first gear useless. In contrast, a low-ratio diff (3.25) with a low-ratio gearbox (2.48 in first, for automatics) would be an appalling combination for city driving, with the acceleration of a glacier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gearboxes on all cars are bolted to the back of the engine via a bell housing, and are held to the car by a crossmember. While it is possible to remove the gearbox from the car in situ, it is considered much easier to disconnect the engine and remove both units in one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Operating the gearbox is done via the gearstick in the cabin, which operated the gears via the [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manual==&lt;br /&gt;
A range of gearboxes were used in the E30.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|+'''Manual Gearboxes'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
!Four-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot;|Five-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[316i]] [[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[320i]] [[324d]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]] Sport&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]] [[324td]] [[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[325i]] [[325iX]] &lt;br /&gt;
![[325i_Sport|325i Sport]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1st&lt;br /&gt;
|3.76&lt;br /&gt;
|3.72&lt;br /&gt;
|3.72&lt;br /&gt;
|3.76&lt;br /&gt;
|3.83&lt;br /&gt;
|3.35&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2nd&lt;br /&gt;
|2.04&lt;br /&gt;
|2.02&lt;br /&gt;
|2.02&lt;br /&gt;
|2.33&lt;br /&gt;
|2.20&lt;br /&gt;
|2.03&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3rd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.61&lt;br /&gt;
|1.32&lt;br /&gt;
|1.40&lt;br /&gt;
|1.36&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4th&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.23&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5th&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0.80&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|0.81&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Reverse&lt;br /&gt;
|4.10&lt;br /&gt;
|3.45&lt;br /&gt;
|3.71&lt;br /&gt;
|4.10&lt;br /&gt;
|3.46&lt;br /&gt;
|3.20&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 242&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 240 or 242/5&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 240&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 245&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 260&lt;br /&gt;
!Getrag 260/5&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The M42 engine mates up to the same gearbox used in M40 engines, but is not compatible with earlier M10 gearboxes due to the bolt pattern; you cannot physically fit an M10 gearbox to an M40/M42 engine. Although the M40 and M42 boxes are interchangeable, the input/output shafts are different and so is the [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]]. This means that replacing a 318iS gearbox with the more mundane 318i unit will necessitate a change in prop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notice the similar ratios between the Getrag 240 and the Getrag 260/5. This means that for those replacing their [[M20]]B20 engine with the more powerful M20B25, Sports performance can be achieving by keeping the original gearbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, don't let parts sellers convince you that the boxes are identical. Getrag gearboxes  can be identified by looking for the serial number stamped around the edge of the bell housing. This number should also contain letters, which will identify the following boxes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''MN''' and '''BMV''' ([[M10]] carbureted models), '''BMO''', '''TBCU''' and '''BCX''' ([[M40]] cars and some [[318iS]])&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''BCO''', '''BCP''' and '''BCT''' - [[318iS]] and [[E34]] 518i (pre 1992 overdrive). These boxes are the longer units with the shorter prop.&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 240 - '''BMW''', '''MB''' and '''BMT''' - [[320i]] models.&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 242 - '''LF''' ([[316]] M10 only), MD and BMU ([[318i]] M10)&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 242/5 - '''AY''', '''AW''' or '''LG'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 245 - BJ&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 260 - NW, ANB or TNW&lt;br /&gt;
*Getrag 260/5 - TNN or HM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatic==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|+'''Automatic Gearboxes'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
!Three-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Four-Speed&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[320i]] [[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
![[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1st&lt;br /&gt;
|2.48&lt;br /&gt;
|2.73&lt;br /&gt;
|2.48&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2nd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.48&lt;br /&gt;
|1.56&lt;br /&gt;
|1.48&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3rd&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4th&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|0.73&lt;br /&gt;
|0.73&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Reverse&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|2.09&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!ZF 3 HP 22&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|ZF 4 HP 22&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Selector==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Shifter_006.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Gear stick and shifter rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
The selector rod is the system that allows you to manually control which gear is selected. The gearstick itself pivots around a ball, and at the other end of this pivot is a long shaft that runs into the gearbox and moves the internal gear selectors. While these rods are a relatively simple concept, the various joints and clips can deteriorate over time, leading to sloppy and clunky gear changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selector rod is specific to each gearbox, having different lengths depending on which gearbox is used. Therefore a [[318i]] will have a longer rod than [[325i]] because the 318i [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]] is shorter. However, all 4-cyl models (316, 318i and [[318iS]]) share the same selector rod.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your gearstick is wobbling all over the place, and doesn't feel how it should, learn how to [[Replacing_Gear_Linkage|replace the gear linkage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Propshaft=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The propshaft is one of the least technical components in the drivetrain, being a simple metal pole that connects the back of the gearbox to the input flange of the differential. To cushion the blow of the engine and gearbox moving (during clunky gear changes and heavy braking), there is a rubber doughnut known as the [[Drivetrain#Guibo|guibo]] bolted to the gearbox end of the propshaft. Holding the prop of the body of the car is a [[Drivetrain#Bearing|bearing]], held in a cradle, which allows the prop to spin freely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Props come in two parts, connected with a swivel joint. These two parts are balanced together at the factory, and it is ESSENTIAL that they go back together in exactly the same way. Before splitting a propshaft, use a white paint or correction fluid to mark the two halves at their joint, so that you can reassemble the prop in exactly the same way. Failing to do this will result in an imbalanced prop which will shake itself apart at high revs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're really lucky, you'll find white dots already in place from the factory, but don't count on it. An imbalanced prop is both useless and worthless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though all E30s are a standard length, gearboxes and diffs are not, and depending on the car a different length prop will be fitted:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:M3Prop.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Propshaft centre joint and bearing, with collar nut highlighted]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Manual&lt;br /&gt;
!Automatic&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316]] [[318i]] (M10)&lt;br /&gt;
|1560mm?&lt;br /&gt;
|1480mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[316i]] [[318i]] (M40)&lt;br /&gt;
|1480mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1570mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1526mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1337mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1468mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1337mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
![[324td]] [[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1483mm&lt;br /&gt;
|1327mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, it is possible to adjust the length of each propshaft by a certain amount (up to 10mm) by loosening the collar nut (pictured) and pulling the two halves of the prop apart. Make sure you mark the two halves first in case you separate the prop completely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Guibo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between the gearbox and prop sits the Guibo. This rubber cushion allows a certain degree of flex in the drivetrain, and without it the rattle of the prop would be insufferable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over time you'll notice that changing gear produces a noticeable clunking noise from under the car; this is caused by the guibo failing and flexing too much. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Bearing==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The centre bearing is essential for holding the prop to the bottom of the car, and is mounted inside a carrier frame. Depending on the model, the bearing fits around either the front or rear half of the propshaft.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When making adjustments to the prop, it is essential to tension the centre bearing; this means applying pressure to it before it is bolted in place, otherwise it will simply fall apart. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the centre bearing is on the front section of the prop (as in [[325i]], [[318i]] and), then push the bearing about 3mm towards the gearbox and then tighten the bolts up. If the bearing is on the rear section (as in E30 [[M3]]), the bearing is tensioned toward the diff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Differential=&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Differential|Differentials]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the most curious components in the drivetrain, the Differential is a massive lump of metal bolted to the [[Suspension#Rear_Subframe|rear subframe]]. It receives power from the [[Drivetrain#Propshaft|propshaft]] and splits it to both wheels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most people are scared of the diff, seeing it as a magic box of grinding gears and wheels, but it isn't that complicated. While it may take a bit of explaining to know how it works, all you need to know is that it allows each wheel to spin at different speeds. This is really useful when it comes to corners, where the inside wheel needs to spin slower than the outer wheel, since it's travelling a shorter path. If it helps, think of Olympic sprinters on a track; the ones on the inner lane don't run so far as the runners in the outer lane, which is why they start further back on the straight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differentials fitted to E30s come in two types; Open and Limited Slip, with the latter being highly desired as a &amp;quot;performance&amp;quot; unit. They also come in two sizes; Small and Medium case, with the bigger being fitted to the [[325i]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To tell whether you have an Open or Limited Slip diff, get both output flanges in your hands (one each is best!) and try and turn them in opposite directions, If you can then it's an open diff. If they feel like they're joined together and you can't turn them in opposite directions then it's a LSD. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A variety of ratios were available on the E30, from as high as 4.45 to as low as 2.95. Generally speaking, the ratio is a multiplier, where the number is how many times the propshaft has to turn to make the wheels go round once. Lower numbers mean good cruising speed and fuel economy, while high numbers mean great acceleration but noisy motorway driving. The ratio you use completely depends on the body style and engine. Heavier cars like [[Cabriolet]]s and [[Touring]]s will have slightly higher ratios to help them accelerate, while economy and power models like the [[325e]] and [[M3]] will have low ratios to make the best use of the engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The differential is held in place using four bolts, screwed in from the top, as well as one bolt through the rear bush, allowing the diff to move with the rest of the [[Suspension]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Output Flanges==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diff-fit-01.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Output flange and drive shaft]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The output flanges are effectively sockets which run from the inside of the differential to the outside, and provide a flat face to bolt the [[Drivetrain#Drive_Shafts|driveshafts]] to. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All E30 output flanges are the same. However, when fitting a differential from another BMW such as the [[E28]], the output flanges from that diff will need to be replaced with E30 flanges to allow the drive shafts to be attached.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drive Shafts==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the power from the [[Drivetrain#Differential|diff]] to the rear [[Wheels]], two drive shafts are used. These bolt to the [[Drivetrain#Output_Flanges|output flanges]] at one end using six Allen-head bolts, and slot into the wheel hub at the other, secured by a 32mm nut. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At each end of the drive shaft are CV or constant-velocity joints, which allow the driveshaft to turn at an angle to both the wheel and the diff. Although the shaft as a whole is a sturdy unit, these joints should not be pushed to their limits. Therefore, when removing the differential it is important to hang or support the driveshafts somehow. Allowing them to drop to the floor will damage the CV joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Problems=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Clutch Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clutch problems manifest themselves in all sorts of ways, from incredibly low biting points to reluctant gear changes and kangarooing. Because most people think the clutch works through black magic, they always fear the worst.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Surprisingly, a lot of these issues are simple fixes that can be done yourself with simple tools. For more info, check out our [[Clutch#Common_Problems|list of clutch problems]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Oil Leaks==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It's not uncommon to see a fluid leak when you look under the car, especially at the back of the gearbox. A lot of people immediately jump to the conclusion that the rear oil seal for the gearbox has failed, which it may have, but the problem is far more likely to be the small [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector shaft]] seal, which is directly above it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Access to this seal is the main problem. Removing the rear crossmember and letting the back of the box drop a little helps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remove the linkage, slide the spring clip around the joint on the end of the selector shaft out of the way, push the pin out and remove the joint. Hook the seal out with a small screwdriver, and replace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sloppy Gearstick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sloppy, loose, wobbly, slushy; however you call it, it's when the gearstick isn't as tight and responsive as it should be. This is caused by worn joints and bushes in the [[Drivetrain#Selector|selector]]. Learn more about [[Replacing_Gear_Linkage|replacing the gear linkage]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Auto to Manual==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While automatic 'boxes give a smooth and easy ride, many people feel that it detracts somewhat from the driving experience. If that's your case, learn more about [[Auto_To_Manual|converting your car from Auto to Manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Short Shifter==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[Z3_short_shifter_conversion|Z3 short shift conversion]] will help you change gears quicker.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Drivetrain]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=C40x&amp;diff=34019</id>
		<title>C40x</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=C40x&amp;diff=34019"/>
		<updated>2015-06-06T20:53:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The '''C404''' and '''C405''' plugs are the door connectors on the vehicle [[Loom]]. They allow the [[Doors|door]] wiring to be disconnected from the rest of the vehicle, so that the doors can be removed easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The plugs on the A-pillar.  The C404 connector is for the right door and the C405 connector is for the left door. The male portion of each connector (the pins) is on the cabin side of the vehicle, and the female portion of each connector (sockets) is on the door side of the vehicle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the E30 was primarily designed for the domestic German and export US-markets, the wiring is designed around a driver seated on the left, and therefore the C405 plug carries more info than the C404. Where possible, C404 equivalents have been listed in the table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Removal of the male portion of the connector is straight forward. Pull back the rubber boot to expose where the female portion of the connector connects to the male portion of the connector. Pull the female portion connector away from the male, then use a flat-head screw drive to release the three clips that hold the male portion of the connector to the cabin. Remove the speaker cover in the footwell and the speaker itself, then fish around inside the A-pillar to get access to the C40x plug.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wiring that passes through the C404 and C405 forms a key part of the [[Electrical|Electrical]] system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!C404&lt;br /&gt;
Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Colour&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!To&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Mirror Motor&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=21|[[Image:C404.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue/White&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Mirror Motor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|White/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Clutch Solenoid&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|Brown&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Window switch&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground G200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Door Locking Motor - lock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|White&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Door Locking Motor - unlock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|Yellow/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Microswitch - Lock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Microswitch - Unlock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|Violet/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|Black/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|Grey/Green&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|Tweeter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|Tweeter&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!C405&lt;br /&gt;
Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Colour&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!To&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuse_Box|Fuse 19]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=21|[[Image:C404.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|Brown&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Window switch&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground G200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|Red/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuse_Box|Fuse 27]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Mirror Motor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue/White&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Mirror Motor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|White/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|Clutch Solenoid&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|Brown&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Door Locking Motor - lock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|White&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Door Locking Motor - unlock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|Yellow/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Microswitch - Lock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Microswitch - Unlock&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|Violet&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric Windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|Red/Black&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking module&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|Brown/Blue&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|Red/Brown&lt;br /&gt;
|Central Locking&lt;br /&gt;
|Inhibitor Switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/White&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light delay timer&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Brown/Green&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light&lt;br /&gt;
|Door Handle switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|Grey/Green&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|Tweeter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|Green/Yellow&lt;br /&gt;
|Speakers&lt;br /&gt;
|Tweeter&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Parts=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your pins are corroded and your plugs brittle, it's worth replacing the sockets and pins to ensure your locks and mirrors work as they should.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can buy complete looms from BMW; however, for a fraction of the price and a few hours with some crimping pliers (no soldering required), you can strip and rewire your own plugs by ordering the following parts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Item&lt;br /&gt;
!Part Number&lt;br /&gt;
!Quantity&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|C40x Female socket holder&lt;br /&gt;
|61131375688&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|C40x Male plug&lt;br /&gt;
|61131380587&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|C40x pin holder&lt;br /&gt;
|61131375690&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pin&lt;br /&gt;
|61131371605&lt;br /&gt;
|33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket&lt;br /&gt;
|61131371607&lt;br /&gt;
|33&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the male side, the pin holder carries the main pins (5-22), which then clips into the male plug. The male plug also holds 4 pins of its own - pins 1-4.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may find that the significant chunk of this cost is the individual pins and sockets. In case of price changes from BMW, it may be more economical to source these pins from a third party. In this case, you're looking for 1.6mm pins and sockets such as [http://mikrokoszalin.pl/konektor-1107960-meski-16mm-p-490138.html these] and [http://mikrokoszalin.pl/konektor-1107970-zenski-16mm-p-490139.html these].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Lights&amp;diff=34018</id>
		<title>Lights</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Lights&amp;diff=34018"/>
		<updated>2015-05-11T19:11:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While it's often joked that these things don't exist on BMWs, the E30 is equipped with a variety of [[Lights]] to help you and other road users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you need to consult the wiring for any part of this document, check out the [[Wiring_Diagrams|Wiring Diagrams]].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:5812_243078790243_539905243_8576208_430571_n.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
All cars by law must be equipped with a number of lights to aid navigation and to give signals. They're therefore an essential part of the yearly safety check in most countries, so it's worth taking the time to know what they all do, and how they work. Replacement bulb info is provided, and it's recommended that you carry a basic set of spares with you at all times. No special tools are needed to replace bulbs on E30s, except for the front indicators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Headlights=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:img_6955.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Early headlights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The quad headlights are one of the most distinctive features of the E30, and define the whole look of the front end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the [[Lights#High_Beam|high beam]] is essentially the same on all cars, three different light setups were installed on E30s during their production. The early cars featured a simple lamp setup that reflects the light from the bulb, making a dispersed glow in front of the car. Later cars were fitted with projection lenses, which focused the beam into a brighter, tighter area. They also contained a black cut-out to allow some light to shine directly down onto the road, and for this reason these later lights are known as &amp;quot;smileys&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ellipsoid.jpg|thumb|right|140px|&amp;quot;Bullseye&amp;quot; headlights]]&lt;br /&gt;
For one year, 1988, a lamp was fitted that contained the projection lens but without the cutout. These lamps are known as &amp;quot;bullseyes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the change in these units during the production years, the plugs on the [[Loom]] differ. So while you're physically able to swap older lights for newer ones, you'll have to do chop your loom and put in new plugs to allow you to connect the lights.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:HCS02.jpg|thumb|right|140px|&amp;quot;Smiley&amp;quot; headlights with [[Lights#Headlight_Washers|washing system]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Dipped==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H1 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main driving lights are turned on by pulling out the headlight switch. While not the most powerful candles ever fitted to a car, they should be adequate for usual night-time driving. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Beam==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H1 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activated by a stalk on the steering column, the High Beams are separate lamps to the Dipped headlights, and are the inner of the two lamps on each side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parking==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W capless&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These little lights sit in their own section at the top of the outer lamps. Turned on by pulling out the headlight switch one click, they will do nothing to illuminate the road ahead, but will warn others of your presence if parked on a dark street.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Headlight Washers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the lenses working as they should, some vehicles were equipped with a wash-wipe system at the front end. On each side of the car, two angled blades turned around one spindle motor to wipe away any road muck and spray that was making your lamps gloomy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was both a luxurious and experimental feature back in the Eighties, and very few of these units work properly. Learn more about [[Wipers#Headlight_Wipers|headlight washers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Headlamp Adjusters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Possibly the most troublesome feature ever fitted to E30s was the Headlamp Adjuster system. Using 2 little hydraulic pumps, you could control the vertical aim of your lights so that you didn't dazzle other drivers when all your fat friends sit in the back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the way these things work, they gum, rust and crust up over time, and only get used when the MOT man gets his hands on them, at which point they won't work and he'll fail you. To make matters worse the hydraulic system was sealed at the factory, so there's no feasible way of repairing a broken system. If your headlamp adjusters are truly shot, either convert them to manual or learn how to [[Motorised_headlamp_adjusters|convert your adjusters to motorised ones]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Rear=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:IMG_5221.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Pre-facelift rear lights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The rear lights are a cluster unit that incorporates [[Brakes|brake]] lights, reverse lights, indicators and rear foglights if fitted. The rear board separates from the plastic lens with a simple twist of the screw-wheel, giving access to all the bulbs underneath. The cluster contains sockets for five bulbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two types of rear cluster were fitted during the lifetime of the E30, with the change being part of the 1988 facelift. For this reason, not all rear clusters are interchangeable, although clusters from all body styles of the same period (facelift vs pre-facelift) can be swapped over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The visible difference between the two types of cluster is the [[Lights#Reverse|reverse light]], which is much bigger on the older clusters. Physically, the internal arrangement of lamps and bolt holes also prevents older units being fitted to newer vehicles, and vice versa. The electrical connectors are also completely different.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:37610.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Facelift rear lights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The lights are held in place using simple threaded bolts, which fit into pre-drilled holes in the [[Bodywork|shell]] and are screwed in tightly with nuts. To seal against water, there is a rubber seal around the outside of each cluster, although this can fail over time leading to serious water in the boot, and eventually [[Rust|rust]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those that find the rear cluster not to their taste, a popular aftermarket alternative is available from [[MHW]]. If you can't fork out for replacement units, learn more about [[Lights#Tinting|tinting]] your own lights. You can fit Lexus lights if you like, it's your own car, but expect to be laughed at heavily if you do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rear Lights==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 10W &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rear lights themselves are a very simple bulb that lights up as soon as the headlights are turned on. If they don't work, check the bulb. If the bulb looks ok, then there's likely a problem with the main bulb holder. Unfortunately, BMW sourced these from a number of different places over the years, with various results in terms of quality. If you can't solve your bulb issue, it's best to just replace the entire bulb holder, but remember that newer doesn't always equal better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brake Lights==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:'''12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should light up as soon as the [[Brakes#Brake_Pedal|brake pedal]] is touched, since there's a pressure switch for them right underneath the brake pedal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries (such as Australia) require the fitting of a third brake light to meet safety requirements. If you need to tap into the brake light wiring, look for a green/red wire, either behind the existing lamps or under the rear seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bear in mind that if you have a [[Instruments#Check_Panel|check panel]] fitted, then the third light needs to be connected to the green/red wire before the lamp filament monitoring module, not after it. The check panel wires for the brakes are coloured green/black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your brake lights are on constantly, look at this switch before you go hunting around in the [[Loom]] for bad connections. Sometimes the switch works loose from its housing, and just needs to be clipped back into place. If that's not the issue, then examine the pull rod. The pull rod goes across the car behind the heater box, between the bell crank by the pedal and the similar bell crank behind the glovebox. It is connected to the servo with a normal thread on one end and a reverse thread on the other, so turning it alters its length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release the locknut, and turn the bar, using a small open ended spanner on the flats on the rod near where it passes the clutch pedal, until the pedal is just clear of the upper stop for the brake pedal. Don't overdo it,or the brakes will lock on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reverse==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse lights are simple white lamps that come on when Reverse gear is selected. They are turned on by a switch in the gearbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're having problems with your reverse lights, it's almost always a problem with the switch. To check:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pull the gearlever gaiter up from the bottom and fish out the white two pin connector from near the bottom of the gearlever. &lt;br /&gt;
*Short the two pins together with a piece of wire, and the reverse lights should come on with the ignition switch. If they do, the fault is with the switch. &lt;br /&gt;
*If they don't, look elsewhere. Check the [[Fuse_Box|fuse]] first, then the light clusters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do need to change the switch, it is high up on the right hand side of the [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]]. Access is not good, but the unit simply unscrews with a 19mm spanner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licence Plate==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W Festoon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nestling inside the [[Boot_Lid|boot lid]] or [[Tailgate|tailgate]] of your car are two little lamps, which shine down light onto your number plate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only time they ever get attention is when the police pull you over when they stop working, at which point you realise just how rusted up the screws are, making them impossible to fix. Considering most failures are caused by internal corrosion rather than failed bulbs, and the most common solution is to smash them out and replace new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are having issues with your rear lights as a whole, and keep blowing fuses, unscrew these lights. They are fed by the same grey/red wiring that powers the [[Lights#Interior|interior lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Indicators=&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:'''  12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The orange bits at each corner of your car are there to signal your intentions to other road users. They are called Indicators, and are operated by a column stalk switch and are controlled by a flasher relay located under the lower half of the steering column shroud, just behind the steering wheel. In typical fashion, if a bulb blows then the indicator on that side will flash twice as fast as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wire colours are blue/red and blue/black, with brown earths. These lights also form part of the [[Lights#Hazards|hazards]] circuit, and therefore all the wires go through the Hazard light switch on their way to the lamps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all of your indicators stop working, then check the Hazard switch, and ensure that it is plugged in correctly. It's also worth looking at the [[Lights#Glove_Box|glove box]] switch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Side Repeaters==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W capless&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain vehicles were equipped with a third indicator light, mounted on the [[Front_Wings|front wings]] just behind the wheel arch. While a known rot trap, some people find these lights appealing; especially if you're replacing a rotten wing with one that has the hole cut out ready for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to fit side, repeaters, the wiring for them is installed from the factory. It goes straight across and through the inner wing just in front of and above the front loudspeakers, and terminates in small rectangular two pin plugs. &lt;br /&gt;
The sockets for these plugs are on fairly long branches from the [[Loom]] that goes across the car behind the dashboard to the column stalks. &lt;br /&gt;
The sockets you are looking for have blue/red and brown wires on one side and blue/black and brown the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hazards==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hazard lights are there to warn people of your cars presence, such as when you've parked like an idiot. They're activated by a switch in the centre console. Because they take control of all the indicator lights, all indicator wiring runs through the switch on its way to the bulbs; therefore, issues that affect all the indicators can be traced to the hazard switch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Foglights=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential for driving in gloomy conditions, a clean set of foglights compliments the front end of the E30 perfectly, which is why all cars are capable of fitting them. They will only work if the headlight switch has already been turned on, even if it's only for the parking lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though they were an optional extra, all the wiring is in place for a plug-and-play fitting; you just need to supply the lamps complete with mounting brackets, two [[Fuse_Box|fuses]], the relay, and a switch (the space is blanked off inside the dash). The wiring plugs are coloured grey, and are usually tucked up behind the headlights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front Fogs==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H3 12V 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the front, two types of foglight were fitted to the E30, and are therefore one of the easiest ways of determining the age of the car. E30s up to 1987 (pre-facelift) will have square foglights, while later vehicles have larger units with one rounded corner. The fogs have a specific plug which is part of the main loom, and the wire colours are grey and grey/blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foglights are held in a plastic frame which screws into the [[Front_Valance|front valance]]. The switch can be either two separate buttons for front and rear, or a combined &amp;quot;bar&amp;quot; switch that operates both at the same time. These switches are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If youwant the improved look of front fog lights, learn more about [[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|retrofitting front fog lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rear Fogs==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the front fogs, a Rear Fog light is required under the UK MOT, so all British cars will have at least one on the RH side. Some were fitted with two from the factory, but only the one is needed to pass the safety test. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rear fogs don't do anything to light up the road; they're there to stop people ploughing into the back of you on misty, gloomy roads. They shine with the same brightness as brake lights, so shouldn't be used during good-weather conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiring for the rear fog lights is built into the loom, so shouldn't need to be touched; however, the wires are coloured yellow/black and grey/violet if you're having trouble with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Interior=&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W Festoon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inside the cabin of the car are some roof-mounted lights, to help you unload the shopping and find that loose change you dropped. BMW are thoughtful like that. The two main lights are located rear of the front doors, with a third mounted about the [[Tailgate]] on [[Touring|Tourings]]. An optional extra was another light mounted next to the [[Instruments#Check_Panel|Check Panel]], for cars already equipped with that feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These lights are controlled by pin-switches located on the A-pillars of all cars, the C-pillars for 4-doors and Tourings, and the tailgate of the Touring. They each have their own 3-position selector switch to specify On, Off, and On When Door Open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the many optional extras was a Light Delay Unit, which kept the lights on for a time after the door had closed. If you think this is a feature you need, learn more about [[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|retrofitting an Interior Light delay unit]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mirror Light==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the swankiest optional extras was a Mirror Light, which consisted of two lamps built into the interior mirror. While the lights themselves are rare, the wiring for them is included in the standard vehicle loom, making it easy to fit these to your own car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wasn't an option for [[Cabriolet]] owners, but don't cry; it is possible to [[Lighted_Mirror_for_cabs|install mirror lights in cabriolets]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're feeling creative, it's possible to adapt the Mirror Lights to function along with the interior lights, so that they come on with the door opening. To make that happen, learn about [[Map_Light_Upgrade|upgrading the map lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instruments==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 3W capless (cluster) 12V 1.2W capless (heater controls)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some basic candles are fitted to all E30s to help you read your [[Instruments]] at night. These lights will glow as soon as the [[Lights#Headlights|headlights]] are turned on, and their brightness can be controlled by turning the headlight knob clockwise or anti-clockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|dash cluster]] itself is fitted with two 12V 3W bulbs to provide the glow, while a number of smaller 1.2W bulbs are wired around the centre console to light up the heater controls. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Glove Box==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 4W capless (RHD)  12V 5W Festoon (LHD)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glovebox light is a bit of an oddity on E30s, and seems to have been an afterthought for the interior designers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct versions in use, but either can be fitted with the right knowlege. LHD models have a separate light  with a push-in switch mounted to the glovebox catch, RHD models have a combined switch/light with an exposed bulb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early facelift cars have the light on a permanently live supply from fuse 21. Later cars have an ignition switched feed from fuse 4, but the handbook was never updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the RHD version of the switch/light is left without a bulb fitted, or, if the feed wires are connected the wrong way around, the unit is knocked askew, a short circuit will often occur, leading to issues with the [[Lights#Indicators|indicators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==HIDs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is sometimes commented that the front lamps on an E30 are rather feeble compared to more modern lighting units. Online auction sites now offer a number of '''H'''igh-'''I'''ntensity '''D'''ischarge lamps to give you better night vision. If you've got your hands on one of these kits, and want to get it fitted to your E30, learn more about [[HID_Headlight_Conversion|converting your headlights to HIDs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LHD to RHD==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event that you've imported a particularly tasty E30, such as a [[325iX]] or an [[M3]] or even the [[324td]], you'll need to get the headlights pointing in the right direction or you'll fail your MOT. Therefore, you'll need to learn how to [[Convert_LHD_to_RHD_Headlights|convert LHD headlights to RHD]]. The same knowledge works for switching headlights the other way too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tinting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Smoked Headlights===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those who crave the bad boy look, there are ways to make your pearly white headlights blend in better with the black front grille. For that drug-dealer look, learn more about [[DIY_Smoked_Hellas|smoking your own headlights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tinted Rears===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the multicoloured cluster at the back end makes your car look like it's been attacked by Haribo. Some prefer a more uniform look to their rear lenses, to give less of a colour clash across the unit. If you think that back plastic is ugly, learn more about [[Rear_Light_Tinting|tinting your rear lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Lights]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Lights&amp;diff=34017</id>
		<title>Lights</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Lights&amp;diff=34017"/>
		<updated>2015-05-11T19:10:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While it's often joked that these things don't exist on BMWs, the E30 is equipped with a variety of [[Lights]] to help you and other road users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you need to consult the wiring for any part of this document, check out the [[Wiring_Diagrams|Wiring Diagrams]].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:5812_243078790243_539905243_8576208_430571_n.jpg|right|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
All cars by law must be equipped with a number of lights to aid navigation and to give signals. They're therefore an essential part of the yearly safety check in most countries, so it's worth taking the time to know what they all do, and how they work. Replacement bulb info is provided, and it's recommended that you carry a basic set of spares with you at all times. No special tools are needed to replace bulbs on E30s, except for the front indicators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Headlights=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:img_6955.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Early headlights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The quad headlights are one of the most distinctive features of the E30, and define the whole look of the front end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While the [[Lights#High_Beam|high beam]] is essentially the same on all cars, three different light setups were installed on E30s during their production. The early cars featured a simple lamp setup that reflects the light from the bulb, making a dispersed glow in front of the car. Later cars were fitted with projection lenses, which focused the beam into a brighter, tighter area. They also contained a black cut-out to allow some light to shine directly down onto the road, and for this reason these later lights are known as &amp;quot;smileys&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:ellipsoid.jpg|thumb|right|140px|&amp;quot;Bullseye&amp;quot; headlights]]&lt;br /&gt;
For one year, 1988, a lamp was fitted that contained the projection lens but without the cutout. These lamps are known as &amp;quot;bullseyes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the change in these units during the production years, the plugs on the [[Loom]] differ. So while you're physically able to swap older lights for newer ones, you'll have to do chop your loom and put in new plugs to allow you to connect the lights.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:HCS02.jpg|thumb|right|140px|&amp;quot;Smiley&amp;quot; headlights with [[Lights#Headlight_Washers|washing system]]]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Dipped==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H1 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main driving lights are turned on by pulling out the headlight switch. While not the most powerful candles ever fitted to a car, they should be adequate for usual night-time driving. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==High Beam==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H1 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Activated by a stalk on the steering column, the High Beams are separate lamps to the Dipped headlights, and are the inner of the two lamps on each side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Parking==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W capless&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These little lights sit in their own section at the top of the outer lamps. Turned on by pulling out the headlight switch one click, they will do nothing to illuminate the road ahead, but will warn others of your presence if parked on a dark street.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Headlight Washers==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the lenses working as they should, some vehicles were equipped with a wash-wipe system at the front end. On each side of the car, two angled blades turned around one spindle motor to wipe away any road muck and spray that was making your lamps gloomy. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was both a luxurious and experimental feature back in the Eighties, and very few of these units work properly. Learn more about [[Wipers#Headlight_Wipers|headlight washers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Headlamp Adjusters==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Possibly the most troublesome feature ever fitted to E30s was the Headlamp Adjuster system. Using 2 little hydraulic pumps, you could control the vertical aim of your lights so that you didn't dazzle other drivers when all your fat friends sit in the back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the way these things work, they gum, rust and crust up over time, and only get used when the MOT man gets his hands on them, at which point they won't work and he'll fail you. If your headlamp adjusters are truly shot, learn how to [[Motorised_headlamp_adjusters|convert your adjusters to motorised ones]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Rear=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:IMG_5221.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Pre-facelift rear lights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The rear lights are a cluster unit that incorporates [[Brakes|brake]] lights, reverse lights, indicators and rear foglights if fitted. The rear board separates from the plastic lens with a simple twist of the screw-wheel, giving access to all the bulbs underneath. The cluster contains sockets for five bulbs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two types of rear cluster were fitted during the lifetime of the E30, with the change being part of the 1988 facelift. For this reason, not all rear clusters are interchangeable, although clusters from all body styles of the same period (facelift vs pre-facelift) can be swapped over.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The visible difference between the two types of cluster is the [[Lights#Reverse|reverse light]], which is much bigger on the older clusters. Physically, the internal arrangement of lamps and bolt holes also prevents older units being fitted to newer vehicles, and vice versa. The electrical connectors are also completely different.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:37610.jpg|thumb|right|140px|Facelift rear lights]]&lt;br /&gt;
The lights are held in place using simple threaded bolts, which fit into pre-drilled holes in the [[Bodywork|shell]] and are screwed in tightly with nuts. To seal against water, there is a rubber seal around the outside of each cluster, although this can fail over time leading to serious water in the boot, and eventually [[Rust|rust]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those that find the rear cluster not to their taste, a popular aftermarket alternative is available from [[MHW]]. If you can't fork out for replacement units, learn more about [[Lights#Tinting|tinting]] your own lights. You can fit Lexus lights if you like, it's your own car, but expect to be laughed at heavily if you do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rear Lights==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 10W &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rear lights themselves are a very simple bulb that lights up as soon as the headlights are turned on. If they don't work, check the bulb. If the bulb looks ok, then there's likely a problem with the main bulb holder. Unfortunately, BMW sourced these from a number of different places over the years, with various results in terms of quality. If you can't solve your bulb issue, it's best to just replace the entire bulb holder, but remember that newer doesn't always equal better.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Brake Lights==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:'''12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These should light up as soon as the [[Brakes#Brake_Pedal|brake pedal]] is touched, since there's a pressure switch for them right underneath the brake pedal. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some countries (such as Australia) require the fitting of a third brake light to meet safety requirements. If you need to tap into the brake light wiring, look for a green/red wire, either behind the existing lamps or under the rear seat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bear in mind that if you have a [[Instruments#Check_Panel|check panel]] fitted, then the third light needs to be connected to the green/red wire before the lamp filament monitoring module, not after it. The check panel wires for the brakes are coloured green/black.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your brake lights are on constantly, look at this switch before you go hunting around in the [[Loom]] for bad connections. Sometimes the switch works loose from its housing, and just needs to be clipped back into place. If that's not the issue, then examine the pull rod. The pull rod goes across the car behind the heater box, between the bell crank by the pedal and the similar bell crank behind the glovebox. It is connected to the servo with a normal thread on one end and a reverse thread on the other, so turning it alters its length.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Release the locknut, and turn the bar, using a small open ended spanner on the flats on the rod near where it passes the clutch pedal, until the pedal is just clear of the upper stop for the brake pedal. Don't overdo it,or the brakes will lock on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reverse==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse lights are simple white lamps that come on when Reverse gear is selected. They are turned on by a switch in the gearbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're having problems with your reverse lights, it's almost always a problem with the switch. To check:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Pull the gearlever gaiter up from the bottom and fish out the white two pin connector from near the bottom of the gearlever. &lt;br /&gt;
*Short the two pins together with a piece of wire, and the reverse lights should come on with the ignition switch. If they do, the fault is with the switch. &lt;br /&gt;
*If they don't, look elsewhere. Check the [[Fuse_Box|fuse]] first, then the light clusters. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do need to change the switch, it is high up on the right hand side of the [[Drivetrain#Gearbox|gearbox]]. Access is not good, but the unit simply unscrews with a 19mm spanner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Licence Plate==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W Festoon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nestling inside the [[Boot_Lid|boot lid]] or [[Tailgate|tailgate]] of your car are two little lamps, which shine down light onto your number plate. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only time they ever get attention is when the police pull you over when they stop working, at which point you realise just how rusted up the screws are, making them impossible to fix. Considering most failures are caused by internal corrosion rather than failed bulbs, and the most common solution is to smash them out and replace new ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are having issues with your rear lights as a whole, and keep blowing fuses, unscrew these lights. They are fed by the same grey/red wiring that powers the [[Lights#Interior|interior lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Indicators=&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:'''  12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The orange bits at each corner of your car are there to signal your intentions to other road users. They are called Indicators, and are operated by a column stalk switch and are controlled by a flasher relay located under the lower half of the steering column shroud, just behind the steering wheel. In typical fashion, if a bulb blows then the indicator on that side will flash twice as fast as before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wire colours are blue/red and blue/black, with brown earths. These lights also form part of the [[Lights#Hazards|hazards]] circuit, and therefore all the wires go through the Hazard light switch on their way to the lamps. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If all of your indicators stop working, then check the Hazard switch, and ensure that it is plugged in correctly. It's also worth looking at the [[Lights#Glove_Box|glove box]] switch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Side Repeaters==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W capless&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain vehicles were equipped with a third indicator light, mounted on the [[Front_Wings|front wings]] just behind the wheel arch. While a known rot trap, some people find these lights appealing; especially if you're replacing a rotten wing with one that has the hole cut out ready for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to fit side, repeaters, the wiring for them is installed from the factory. It goes straight across and through the inner wing just in front of and above the front loudspeakers, and terminates in small rectangular two pin plugs. &lt;br /&gt;
The sockets for these plugs are on fairly long branches from the [[Loom]] that goes across the car behind the dashboard to the column stalks. &lt;br /&gt;
The sockets you are looking for have blue/red and brown wires on one side and blue/black and brown the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Hazards==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hazard lights are there to warn people of your cars presence, such as when you've parked like an idiot. They're activated by a switch in the centre console. Because they take control of all the indicator lights, all indicator wiring runs through the switch on its way to the bulbs; therefore, issues that affect all the indicators can be traced to the hazard switch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Foglights=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Essential for driving in gloomy conditions, a clean set of foglights compliments the front end of the E30 perfectly, which is why all cars are capable of fitting them. They will only work if the headlight switch has already been turned on, even if it's only for the parking lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though they were an optional extra, all the wiring is in place for a plug-and-play fitting; you just need to supply the lamps complete with mounting brackets, two [[Fuse_Box|fuses]], the relay, and a switch (the space is blanked off inside the dash). The wiring plugs are coloured grey, and are usually tucked up behind the headlights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front Fogs==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' H3 12V 55W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the front, two types of foglight were fitted to the E30, and are therefore one of the easiest ways of determining the age of the car. E30s up to 1987 (pre-facelift) will have square foglights, while later vehicles have larger units with one rounded corner. The fogs have a specific plug which is part of the main loom, and the wire colours are grey and grey/blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The foglights are held in a plastic frame which screws into the [[Front_Valance|front valance]]. The switch can be either two separate buttons for front and rear, or a combined &amp;quot;bar&amp;quot; switch that operates both at the same time. These switches are interchangeable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If youwant the improved look of front fog lights, learn more about [[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|retrofitting front fog lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rear Fogs==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 21W&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the front fogs, a Rear Fog light is required under the UK MOT, so all British cars will have at least one on the RH side. Some were fitted with two from the factory, but only the one is needed to pass the safety test. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rear fogs don't do anything to light up the road; they're there to stop people ploughing into the back of you on misty, gloomy roads. They shine with the same brightness as brake lights, so shouldn't be used during good-weather conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wiring for the rear fog lights is built into the loom, so shouldn't need to be touched; however, the wires are coloured yellow/black and grey/violet if you're having trouble with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Interior=&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 5W Festoon&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Inside the cabin of the car are some roof-mounted lights, to help you unload the shopping and find that loose change you dropped. BMW are thoughtful like that. The two main lights are located rear of the front doors, with a third mounted about the [[Tailgate]] on [[Touring|Tourings]]. An optional extra was another light mounted next to the [[Instruments#Check_Panel|Check Panel]], for cars already equipped with that feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These lights are controlled by pin-switches located on the A-pillars of all cars, the C-pillars for 4-doors and Tourings, and the tailgate of the Touring. They each have their own 3-position selector switch to specify On, Off, and On When Door Open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the many optional extras was a Light Delay Unit, which kept the lights on for a time after the door had closed. If you think this is a feature you need, learn more about [[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|retrofitting an Interior Light delay unit]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mirror Light==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One of the swankiest optional extras was a Mirror Light, which consisted of two lamps built into the interior mirror. While the lights themselves are rare, the wiring for them is included in the standard vehicle loom, making it easy to fit these to your own car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wasn't an option for [[Cabriolet]] owners, but don't cry; it is possible to [[Lighted_Mirror_for_cabs|install mirror lights in cabriolets]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you're feeling creative, it's possible to adapt the Mirror Lights to function along with the interior lights, so that they come on with the door opening. To make that happen, learn about [[Map_Light_Upgrade|upgrading the map lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Instruments==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 3W capless (cluster) 12V 1.2W capless (heater controls)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some basic candles are fitted to all E30s to help you read your [[Instruments]] at night. These lights will glow as soon as the [[Lights#Headlights|headlights]] are turned on, and their brightness can be controlled by turning the headlight knob clockwise or anti-clockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|dash cluster]] itself is fitted with two 12V 3W bulbs to provide the glow, while a number of smaller 1.2W bulbs are wired around the centre console to light up the heater controls. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Glove Box==&lt;br /&gt;
'''Bulb:''' 12V 4W capless (RHD)  12V 5W Festoon (LHD)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glovebox light is a bit of an oddity on E30s, and seems to have been an afterthought for the interior designers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct versions in use, but either can be fitted with the right knowlege. LHD models have a separate light  with a push-in switch mounted to the glovebox catch, RHD models have a combined switch/light with an exposed bulb.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Early facelift cars have the light on a permanently live supply from fuse 21. Later cars have an ignition switched feed from fuse 4, but the handbook was never updated. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the RHD version of the switch/light is left without a bulb fitted, or, if the feed wires are connected the wrong way around, the unit is knocked askew, a short circuit will often occur, leading to issues with the [[Lights#Indicators|indicators]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==HIDs==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is sometimes commented that the front lamps on an E30 are rather feeble compared to more modern lighting units. Online auction sites now offer a number of '''H'''igh-'''I'''ntensity '''D'''ischarge lamps to give you better night vision. If you've got your hands on one of these kits, and want to get it fitted to your E30, learn more about [[HID_Headlight_Conversion|converting your headlights to HIDs]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==LHD to RHD==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the event that you've imported a particularly tasty E30, such as a [[325iX]] or an [[M3]] or even the [[324td]], you'll need to get the headlights pointing in the right direction or you'll fail your MOT. Therefore, you'll need to learn how to [[Convert_LHD_to_RHD_Headlights|convert LHD headlights to RHD]]. The same knowledge works for switching headlights the other way too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Tinting==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Smoked Headlights===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For those who crave the bad boy look, there are ways to make your pearly white headlights blend in better with the black front grille. For that drug-dealer look, learn more about [[DIY_Smoked_Hellas|smoking your own headlights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tinted Rears===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes the multicoloured cluster at the back end makes your car look like it's been attacked by Haribo. Some prefer a more uniform look to their rear lenses, to give less of a colour clash across the unit. If you think that back plastic is ugly, learn more about [[Rear_Light_Tinting|tinting your rear lights]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Lights]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Doors&amp;diff=34016</id>
		<title>Doors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Doors&amp;diff=34016"/>
		<updated>2015-04-11T15:25:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Doors=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the body design of each [[E30]] model, doors are generally not compatible between different models. However, doors from identical models of different ages are interchangeable, but attention needs to be paid to the internal mechanisms, including the wiring loom and window mechanisms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The front doors of each E30 are model specific, and therefore cannot be interchanged. For example, those fitted to a [[Saloon#2-Door|2-door]] are too long to fit a [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]], while [[Cabriolet]] doors lack the window frames needed for a 2-door. However, front doors of a [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]] are interchangeable with a [[Touring]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rear doors of [[Saloon#4-Door|4-door]] models and [[Touring]] models are not interchangeable due to the differing shape of the [[Bodywork#Windows|window]] frames. However, interior window mechanisms and all [[Interior|interior trim]] including door cards and handles are interchangeable between the two models.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Door_Removal|removing and replacing doors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Dimensions=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Front Doors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=wikitable align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|[[Saloon]]/[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=7|&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|[[Coupe]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Length&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Length&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!A&lt;br /&gt;
|940mm&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=5|[[Image:Front_Door.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
!A&lt;br /&gt;
|mm&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=5|[[Image:FrontDoorCoupe.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!B&lt;br /&gt;
|990mm&lt;br /&gt;
!B&lt;br /&gt;
|mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!C&lt;br /&gt;
|540mm&lt;br /&gt;
!C&lt;br /&gt;
|mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!D&lt;br /&gt;
|1020mm&lt;br /&gt;
!D&lt;br /&gt;
|1020mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!E&lt;br /&gt;
|590mm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&lt;br /&gt;
|590mm&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rear Doors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=wikitable align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=7|&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=3|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Length&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Length&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!A&lt;br /&gt;
|635mm&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=5|[[Image:RearDoor1.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
!A&lt;br /&gt;
|635mm&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=5|[[Image:RearDoor.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!B&lt;br /&gt;
|mm&lt;br /&gt;
!B&lt;br /&gt;
|930mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!C&lt;br /&gt;
|mm&lt;br /&gt;
!C&lt;br /&gt;
|720mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!D&lt;br /&gt;
|1020mm&lt;br /&gt;
!D&lt;br /&gt;
|1020mm&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!E&lt;br /&gt;
|590mm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&lt;br /&gt;
|590mm&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Windows==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Windows]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:IMG_0692.jpg|thumb|120px|right|Pre-facelift electric window mechanism]]&lt;br /&gt;
The internal window mechanisms changed during the facelift, meaning cars up to and including 1987 models have different glass, mechanisms, looms and motors (if fitted) compared to 1988 and later cars. This means that if you are considering installing electric windows to your vehicle, it is important to have the correct mechanism and loom for your model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:p1050400q.jpg|thumb|120px|right|Facelift electric window mechanism]]&lt;br /&gt;
If you are planning on installing rear electric windows to your car, be aware that the appropriate wiring for the loom is installed. Look on the B-pillar of your car and locate the small plastic removable panel; inside this should be the plug to which you will connect the door loom when required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Retrofit_Electric_Windows|retrofitting electric windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wing Mirrors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wing mirrors are interchangeable across the entire E30 range.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wing mirrors are electrically operated by a thumb switch on the driver's armrest, mounted to the door card. Power is given by the loom to a motor inside the wing mirrors which controls horizontal and vertical tilt. Some mirrors were fitted with a heating element, but this is automatically controlled and requires no switching by the driver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wing mirrors are mounted directly to the door frame using two 8mm bolts. To access them, use a flat bladed screw driver to gently prise off the plastic trim triangle from inside the door. Unplug the four-pin socket, then hold the mirror while loosening the bolts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third party wing mirrors, such as [[Schnitzer_Mirrors|AC Schnitzer mirrors]] featured differently-shaped mouldings to match those campanies' [[Body_Kits|body kits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you find your glass is cracked or faded, learn more about [[Replacing_Wing_Mirror_Glass|replacing the wing mirror glass]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locks==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Locks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Central_Locking_problems|Central Locking]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E30 locks are a very simple barrel design, and can be removed, dismantled, repaired or recoded fairly simply. They are held in place with a C-shaped clip what presses the lock barrel against the inside of the door skin. This clip can be pulled sideways and removed with a long screwdriver and some nimble fingers, after removing the door card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a problem with your locks, learn more about [[Door_Lock_Repairs|repairing your door locks]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electrics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All electric elements of the door are controlled by a one-piece loom, connected to the main vehicle [[Loom|loom]] by either a [[C40x]] plug in the A-pillar (front doors) or B-pillar (rear doors). The loom plugs are different between pre- and facelift cars, but the essential wiring is the same. From the plug, the loom provides power and control to the:&lt;br /&gt;
* Door locks&lt;br /&gt;
* Door lock heater (if fitted)&lt;br /&gt;
* Wing mirrors&lt;br /&gt;
* Electric windows (if fitted)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The door pin switch, which senses the opening or closing of the door, is separate from the door loom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Trim==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The two main trim elements of the door are the weather seal, which seals the gap between the door and window, and the bump trim, which runs along the middle of the panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove the weather strip, simply lower the window and use a flat screw driver to prise the weather strip upwards, being careful not to bend it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To remove the bump trim, remove the 10mm plastic screw from the door jamb and then slide the strip horizontally and away from the door. It is held on with two plastic clips, which can be removed by smacking the middle pin into the door with a screwdriver and hammer. The clip itself will then pop off easily.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Common Problems=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Can't Close Door==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As these cars age, the latch mechanism can get sticky. When this happens, the latch occasionally jams in either the open or closed position. When you try and close the door, the catch on the pillar smacks into the latch, and the door doesn't close or worse, the latch is jammed open and won't click shut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To solve this, spray the latch with some penetrating lubricant (such as WD40). Then use a screwdriver to prise the latch arm outwards - it can help to pull the door handle at the same time to help free the mechanism. With some wiggling you should be able to free the latch arm so that it springs into the open position, and closes properly when it hits the door catch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rust==&lt;br /&gt;
Due to the nature of the door skin, most E30 doors develop [[Rust|rust]] along their bottom edge, despite the seam sealer applied there by BMW. Surface rust can be rubbed down, filled and repainted, but more serious rot requires the door to be reskinned properly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sticky Windows==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The glass for the windows is raised and lowered by a simple mechanism bolted to the bottom edge of the glass. The sides of the glass then run in two channels, which can accumulate dirt and debris which will affect your windows. If your windows are not raising and lowering probably, learn more about [[Adjusting_the_Front_window|adjusting your front windows]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Electric Windows not working==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electric windows fitted to E30s are a simple mechanism involving a cable and winch system (pre-facelift) or a scissor-jack mechanism (facelift), driven by an electric motor. If unused, these electric motors can become rusty inside causing them to seize up. However, the most common fault of electric windows is simply [[Window_switch|dirty switches]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To troubleshoot, use a flat screwdriver to prise up two window switches from the centre console, and swap them over. Now test the windows. If they work, the fault is the switch, which is usually dirty contacts. These can be cleaned up with a small (nail?) file or scraper and Contact Cleaner spray. '''Never''' use sandpaper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If none of your electric windows work with the front doors open, check [[Fuse_Box|fuse 28]]. If your electric windows only work with the door open, but not with the ignition on, then check fuse 17. If they still don't work, pull out relay K5 and link together pins 30 and 87 of its socket with a short piece of wire. If this makes them work the relay is either faulty, or there is a problem with the unloader circuit, associated (on facelift cars) with the green/black wire to the [[Starter|starter motor]].&lt;br /&gt;
In this latter case, you will probably have a non-working [[Heating#Heater_Blower|heater blower]] and non-working door mirrors as well. A known symptom is that the green/black wire terminal on the starter motor works loose; tighten it up again by hand and refit the wire, and your windows should now work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Bodywork]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Resetting_Inspection_Lights&amp;diff=34015</id>
		<title>Resetting Inspection Lights</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Resetting_Inspection_Lights&amp;diff=34015"/>
		<updated>2015-03-09T06:12:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The [[Instruments#Inspection_Lights|Inspection Lights]], also known as the Service Indicators, are a series of lights on your [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|dash cluster]] to tell you when it's time to [[Service|service]] your E30. There are three lights in total; Inspection, Oil and Service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you service your car yourself, you don't want these angry red lights glowing at you all the time making you feel guilty, so here's how to reset them back to green.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Procedure=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Resetting is done via the [[Diagnostic_Plug|Diagnostic plug]] in the engine bay. All you have to do is connect two of the terminals with a piece of wire; a paperclip will do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Identify pin 7 in your diagnostic plug. Facelift and Pre-facelift cars have different plugs, so use the diagnostic plug page to help you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With ignition off, connect pin 7 to ground using a paperclip or short piece of wire. While it's best to ground the wire to the car body, you can also use pin 19 on facelift cars. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the wire in place, turn the ignition on for 5-10 seconds. Turn off, and remove the wire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Repeat this procedure to reset the [[Oil]] inspection light and service lights.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Problem=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your Inspection Lights continue to glow, or the service lights behave erratically, then you have a problem with your [[Instruments#SI_Batteries|SI Batteries]]. These need to be replaced as soon as you discover the fault - leave them to long and they'll dissolve, destroying your [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|Dash cluster]] in the process. Learn more about [http://www.e30zone.net/e30zonewiki/images/7/7f/Dash_battery.PDF replacing SI batteries]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Interior]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Electrics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Servicing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic&amp;diff=34014</id>
		<title>Motronic</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic&amp;diff=34014"/>
		<updated>2015-02-28T19:18:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:Motronic_unit.jpg|thumb|190px|right|Bosch Motronic ECU]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bosch digital Motronic [[ECU]] replaced the older analogue [[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]] system, to provide more precise control of the engine's [[Fuel|fuelling]] and [[Ignition|ignition]] timing which improves power, fuel economy and emissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic is the trade name given to a range of digital [[Engine_Management|engine management]] systems developed by Bosch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Versions=&lt;br /&gt;
[[Motronic 1.0]] was one of the first digital engine-management systems developed by Bosch. The basic idea behind the system was to fully integrate and regulate all major engine system parameters, thereby enabling fuel delivery and spark timing control functions to be controlled by the same unit, in an attempt to achieve optimum efficiency, driveability and power output potential. These early Motronic systems integrated the spark timing element with then-existing Jetronic fuel injection technology.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.1 came next. First fitted to 6 cylinder models in 1987, it jointly processed the ignition point and injection duration so that the best moment for ignition and fuelling are determined for every operating condition. The injection function of the Motronic system is based on the well tried 'L' [[Jetronic]] system, although a number of refinements have improved operation. A 55 pin connector and multi-plug connects the ECU to the [[Battery]], sensors and actuators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Motronic_1.3|Motronic 1.3]] superseded 1.1 in 1988, and became the standard engine management system for all E30 models (with the exception of the [[318iS]]). While similar to Motronic 1.1 in operation, the 1.3 has increased [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic capabilities]], and can store many more detailed [[Motronic_Fault_Codes|fault codes]] than 1.1. It also has a permanent 12-volt feed from the vehicle's battery which allows it to log intermittent faults in memory across several trips.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Operation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The electronic control unit ([[ECU]]) receives information regarding engine speed, [[Crank_Position_Sensor|crankshaft angle]], [[Blue_Plug|coolant temperature]] and [[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|throttle position]]. An [[Intake#AFM|air flow meter]] also measures the volume of air entering the induction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fuel]] delivery, [[Ignition]] timing, and dwell angle are incorporated into the same ECU to create a 3-dimensional map of the engine parameters relating to engine speed and load, stored on a [[Motronic#Chipping|chip]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crank position and engine speed is determined by a pair of sensors reading from the flywheel (or toothed pulley at the front of the engine on later models).&lt;br /&gt;
A separate constant idle speed system monitors and regulates base idle speed settings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On early systems, a 5th injector is used to provide extra fuel enrichment during different cold-start conditions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on application and version, an [[Exhaust#Lambda_Sensor|oxygen sensor]] may be fitted (the system was originally designed for leaded fuel). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the ECU has received all the correct signals from its sensors, it will fire the [[Fuel#Injectors|injectors]]. The ECUs have 2 injection outputs, and the injectors are arranged in 2 &amp;quot;banks&amp;quot; which fire once every two engine revolutions. In an example 4-cylinder engine, one output controls the injectors for cylinders 1 and 3, and the other controls 2 and 4. The system uses a &amp;quot;cylinder ID&amp;quot; sensor mounted to the cam-shaft to detect which cylinders are approaching the top of their stroke, therefore which injector bank should be fired. During start-up (below 600 RPM), or if there is no signal from the cylinder ID sensor, all injectors are fired simultaneously once per engine revolution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=ECU Codes=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!ECU Number&lt;br /&gt;
!System&lt;br /&gt;
!Models&lt;br /&gt;
!From/To&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 174&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[316i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1988 Onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 989&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[316i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 157&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 - 88&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 175&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 386&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 387&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 175&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1989 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 172&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]] and [[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 381&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 164&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]] Auto&lt;br /&gt;
|9/87 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 073&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]] Chrome bumper &lt;br /&gt;
|1985 - 87 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 173&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]] and [[325i]] Plastic bumper &lt;br /&gt;
|9/87 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 380&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|8/88 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 071&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Early 195/200bhp [[M3]] and Evo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 090&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3#M3_Evolution_II|M3 Evo II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 091&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3]] with 215bhp &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 092&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3#M3_Sport_Evolution|M3 Sport Evo]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 042&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|until 9/85 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 087&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 074&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|9/85 onwards (Low compression)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Converting to Motronic 1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Converting_to_Motronic_1.3|Converting to Motronic 1.3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The last generation of the Motronic system, as fitted to all E30 models (excluding the [[318iS]]). While Motronic 1.3 won't improve the performance of your engine much, it will give you greater access to spare parts to keep your car running, and fewer issues to fix in the future compared to the problematic and troublesome [[Jetronic]] systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chipping==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Motronic system can be 'chipped', which involves replacing the standard EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) chip with one containing a performance enhancing program or 'map' for improved driveability, throttle response, mpg, raised rev limit, etc. The flat spots are eliminated by removing the unnecessary parts in the standard program that are there to cater for low-grade fuels, high altitudes, etc. used in other parts of the world. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chips can be found all over the internet, promising dramatic power increases, huge fuel savings and all sorts of other fantasies. While some chips can offer a noticeable improvement in either power or economy, chipping your car won't yield massive improvements. However, good chips can be found; check out our list of [[Chip|recommended chips]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Chip_Fitting_Guide|fitting a chip]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Remapping==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The existing EPROM can be blanked in an ultra-violet EPROM eraser and a new program burned into it using an EPROM programmer linked to a PC. This is referred to as a remap, commonly carried out while dyno testing for optimising the fuelling, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Remapping_Motronic|remapping Motronic]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compiled by [http://www.e30zone.net/modules.php?name=Forums&amp;amp;file=profile&amp;amp;mode=viewprofile&amp;amp;u=10314 Speedtouch] and [http://www.e30zone.net/modules.php?name=Forums&amp;amp;file=profile&amp;amp;mode=viewprofile&amp;amp;u=601 Kedge].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Third Party Engine Management==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you feel you've reached the limit of what Motronic can do for you, it's time to start thinking about standalone engine management. Learn more about [[Engine_Management#Upgrades|upgrading your engine management]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: E30 Engines]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Electrics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Engine_Management&amp;diff=34013</id>
		<title>Engine Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Engine_Management&amp;diff=34013"/>
		<updated>2015-02-28T19:18:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Engine management is pretty much what is says in the tin. It is a system that controls the running of the [[Engines|engine]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
Engine management in its simplest form controls the engine via [[Fuel|fuelling]] and [[Ignition]] timing. The entire E30 range has some form of engine management system, from the most basic carburetted [[M10]], through the various guises on the [[M20]] to the most modern on the [[M42]] with seperate coil packs. Aftermarket systems are also available for those running highly tuned engines allowing the user manual control over multiple settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All systems employ a number of sensors placed in the [[Engines|engine]] and [[Drivetrain]], which fed data via the [[Loom]] to an [[ECU]]. While early systems were analogue based, later systems were digital and offered better control over the engine in all driving environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Systems=&lt;br /&gt;
==Jetronic==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main artice: [[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jetronic was the first form of engine management fitted to the E30. It comprised of a rudimentary ECU and a variety of analogue sensors dotted around the [[Drivetrain]], and provided the most basic of fuel injection management.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Motronic==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Motronic]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic is the trade name given to a range of digital engine-management systems developed by Bosch. This superseded the more primitive [[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]] system in 1987.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All [[Motronic]] ECUs contain a fuel map with an [[Fuel#Injectors|injector]] opening time for basic conditions of speed and load. Information is then gathered from engine sensors such as the [[Intake#AFM|AFM]], [[Crank_Position_Sensor|CPS]], [[Blue_Plug|CTS]], and [[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|TPS]]. As a result of this information, the ECU will look-up the correct injector pulse duration right across the engine rpm, load and temperature range. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Motronic 1.0===&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Motronic 1.0]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the first version of Motronic engine management used on fuel injected E30s, this is what is fitted to pre-facelift cars. The obvious things to spot to tell this from M1.1 &amp;amp; M1.3 are the fact this has an ECU with a number ending 073 and that is has 2 pickup sensor attached to the bellhousing instead of a single one on the front of the block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Motronic 1.1/1.3===&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[Motronic_1.3|Motronic 1.3]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic M1.1 and then M1.3 were the most advanced versions used on the E30 8v and 12v engines. This can be found on all facelift cars with [[M40]] and [[M20]]. M1.1 and M1.3 can be differentiated by their ECUs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Motronic 1.7===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most modern management system that an E30 left the factory with. It was only fitted to the M42 engined [[318iS]]. This did away with a distributor and coil, the use of individual coilpacks was introduced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fault Codes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For vehicles equipped with the &amp;quot;Check Engine&amp;quot; light in the [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|dash cluster]], it is possible to obtain fault codes to diagnose problems with the Motronic system. Learn more about [[Motronic_Fault_Codes|Motronic fault codes]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Sensors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All Engine Management systems depend on a number of sensors to identify what's going on in the engine at any given moment. These sensors provide data on [[Intake|air intake]] and [[Crank_Position_Sensor|crank position]], while later Motronic systems can also measure [[Ignition|spark]] and [[Exhaust|exhaust]] data to keep the engine running smoothly. The sensors fitted to E30 engines are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intake#AFM|Air Flow Meter]]&lt;br /&gt;
*Intake Air Temperature sensor - ''built into the Air Flow Meter''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank Position Sensor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|Throttle Position Switch]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Blue_Plug|Engine Temperature Sensor]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[CID|Cylinder Identification Sensor]] - ''[[Engine_Management#Motronic_1.1.2F1.3|Motronic 1.1 and 1.3]] only''&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Exhaust#Lambda_Sensor|Lambda Sensor]] - ''[[Exhaust#Catalyzer|catalyzer]]-equipped vehicles only''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ECU==&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[ECU]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ECU is the brain of each [[Engine_Management#Systems|system]], receiving data from the [[Engine_Management#Sensors|sensors]] and controlling engine operations accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the wide variety of systems used over the life of the E30, and that each ECU is specific to the engine, there are a multitude of ECUs available. Check the list below to identify what ECU you should have in your vehicle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===List of ECUs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following list shows which ECUs were fitted to which vehicles:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!ECU Number&lt;br /&gt;
!System&lt;br /&gt;
!Models&lt;br /&gt;
!From/To&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0260 200 005&lt;br /&gt;
|Carburettor&lt;br /&gt;
|[[316]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1982-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 000 318&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1983 - 84 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 000 330&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1984 - 87 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 001 301&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]] and [[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1982 - 84 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 001 309&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Later [[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 001 308&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Later [[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0280 000 310&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Jetronic|L-Jetronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Late [[323i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 174&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[316i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1988 Onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 157&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 - 88 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 175&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[318iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1989 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 164&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]] Auto&lt;br /&gt;
|9/87 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 381&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 172&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1987 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 073&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]] Chrome bumper &lt;br /&gt;
|1985 - 87 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 173&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]] Plastic bumper &lt;br /&gt;
|9/87 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 380&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|8/88 onwards &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 071&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Early 195/200bhp [[M3]] and Evo 1 &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 090&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3#M3_Evolution_II|M3 Evo II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 091&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3]] with 215bhp &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 092&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M3#M3_Sport_Evolution|M3 Sport Evo]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 042&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|until 9/85 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200087&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[320iS]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|0261 200 074&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Motronic]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325e]]&lt;br /&gt;
|9/85 onwards (Low compression)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Engine Plugs===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main engine wiring harness is a loom that contains plugs for all the [[Engine_Management#Sensors|sensors]] within the management system. It also connects to sub-looms to control engine operation such as the [[Fuel#Injectors|injectors]] and [[Fuel#Carbon_Canister|emission control systems]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This wiring harness connects to the main vehicle [[Loom]] through a multi-pin plug known as the [[C101]]. The C101 went through an evolution during the lifetime of the E30, and [[Jetronic]] looms therefore have a completely different C101 to [[Motronic]] systems.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jetronic systems also employ a secondary connector, C104. Located next to the ECU, it acts as a power supply as well as providing [[Instruments#Tachometer|tachometer]] data to the instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WARNING:''' One of the most significant differences across the looms is Pin 20. On early vehicles, Pin 20 is a brown earth wire, while for some later vehicles Pin 20 is a live, unfused red/yellow wire for the [[Brakes#ABS|ABS]] system. If you are changing your engine, '''CHECK PIN 20 ON BOTH SIDES OF THE C101 PLUG''' before connecting the battery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a brown wire connected, cut it away from the pin, and make sure the free end can't come into contact with anything. If it is red/yellow, then leave it alone. Of course, if the body side of your C101 has a red/yellow wire on pin 20, and your new engine loom has nothing connected to this pin, you need to add a wire, capable of carrying about 15A, from either of the terminals marked '87' on the DME relay socket to pin 20 of the the C101 plug, otherwise your ABS braking system won't work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Facelift vehicles also feature a secondary plug. Known as the [[C191]], it sits under the [[Intake#Throttle_Body|throttle body]] and connects up the [[Fuel#Injectors|injectors]], [[Blue_Plug|engine temp sensor]] and [[Instruments#Temp_Gauge|temperature gauge]] to the main engine loom. A number of [[Fuel|fuel]]-related issues, including [[Fuel#Rich_Running|rich running]], can be attributed to corrosion of this plug.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Diagnostic Plug===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The engine wiring harness also contains a [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic plug]], allowing you to tap in to loom for a number of functions, such as bypassing the starter motor and [[Resetting_Inspection_Lights|resetting the service indicators]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===ECU Plug===&lt;br /&gt;
''Main article: [[ECU_Pinouts|ECU Pinouts]]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ECU plugs are also different over the years, to accommodate the increasingly sophisticated management systems. This makes it impossible to fit an earlier ECU to a later loom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unlike the main vehicle loom, the ECU plug enters the cabin on the drivers side of the car, via its own dedicated hole in the bulkhead. In this way, the ECU and loom can be removed and changed without affecting the main wiring of the car.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; align=&amp;quot;center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DSCF4446.jpg|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:DSCF4449.jpg|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ECU plug from a 1986 [[325i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|ECU plug from a facelift [[320i]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Upgrades=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Convert to Motronic 1.3==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aside from the system specific to the [[M42]] engine, E30s perform best under Motronic 1.3 engine management. Not only does it provide the smoothest running of the engine as a whole, but also gives you access to modifications in the form of [[Chip_Fitting_Guide|performance chips]] and [[MAF|Mass Air Flow]] intake upgrades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learn more about [[Converting_to_Motronic_1.3|converting to Motronic 1.3]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Megasquirt==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Megasquirt is a complete aftermarket engine management system, designed to replace whatever existing system you have. It offers a more sophisticated platform for tuning your engine, and is a popular choice for those who have already extensively modified the mechanical aspects of their engine. Considering the most powerful engine on the E30 is the [[M20]]B25, then it stands to reason that the vast majority of Megasquirt installations are fitted to that engine. Learn more about [[Megasquirting_Your_M20|Megasqirting your M20]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Unichip==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another aftermarket engine management system, the Unichip is manufactured by Dastek. Offering the same dynamic control as Megasquirt, the Unichip also saves up to 5 different maps which can be selected automatically, given you the ability to switch between Power and Economy modes as wanted, or any range between the two.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic_1.0&amp;diff=34012</id>
		<title>Motronic 1.0</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic_1.0&amp;diff=34012"/>
		<updated>2015-02-28T19:17:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Motronic 1.0 was a short-lived [[Engine_Management|engine management]] system for the early [[M20]] engines. It replaced the neolithic [[Jetronic]] system, but was quickly replaced by Motronic 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the lucky few who own one of these clunky installations, here's a low-down on how to get the most out of Motronic 1.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.0 has some key differences to its far more popular [[Motronic 1.3]] variant. For instance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 doesn’t have an O2 sensor / lambda control&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 uses a 2-row 35-pin connector on the ECU instead of the three-row 55 pin one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 has an additional idle air bypass screw on the throttle body&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There’s also quite some information on the early US 325(e)s, which is in general more comparable, but again there are differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No separate idle control module (ICM), function integrated in the ECU.&lt;br /&gt;
* No cold-start injector&lt;br /&gt;
* No thermo-time switch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as you’re aware of these differences, much of the information on both these systems is fully applicable (including sensor resistance values, voltages, etc.), but you have to be a little creative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=ECU Connector Pin-Out=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Motronic]] 1.0 [[ECU]] employs a 35-pin plug to connect to all the engine bay components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ignition#Coil|Ignition coil]] output&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=18|[[Image:Motronic1_0Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|Idle switch]]&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Main]] relay&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT]] switch&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Tachometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|Cranking signal&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] Temp sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground/Crank PosS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|Inlet Air Temp/Crank SpS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] signal *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] signal&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] supply&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto only special&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|Water Pressure switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Fuel consumption gauge]]&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] switch (if installed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
| +Inlet Air Temp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Water Temp]]&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	 &lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 3&amp;amp;4&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 1&amp;amp;2&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Connectors and wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the whole wiring loom in most of our cars is now over 25 years old, wires and connectors tend to be pretty oxidized by now. When you check any of the following components, inspect and clean (with electric contact cleaner and a toothbrush) their connectors carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One connector that you won’t find by following the guide below is the large round connector mounted on the firewall, next to the fusebox. Known as the [[C101]] plug, this connector mates the various wiring looms in the car together and can corrode pretty badly over time, causing all kinds of intermittent and unexplainable failures. You can easily unclip it from the firewall and it screws open by turning the two halves a quarter clockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Coolant Temperature Sensor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.0 suffers from all the same [[Blue_Plug|coolant sensor]] issues that affect later Motronic versions.This Coolant Temperature Sensor to determine if the engine is cold or at operating temperature and adjusts the fuel supply accordingly. If it fails, it usually thinks the engine is cold, causing a rich mixture all the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The temp sensor is a blue sensor in the thermostat on top of the front of the engine. Don’t confuse it with the brown sensor which is only used for the gauge in the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resistance between the two pins should read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* around 3KOhm when cold&lt;br /&gt;
* around 200 Ohm when hot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s faulty, it needs to be replaced which implies you’ll need to drain some coolant. As a bodge you could connect both terminals with a 200 Ohm resistor so it’ll at least idle correctly when hot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Idle Control Valve (ICV)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Intake#ICV|ICV]] is used to allow extra air to bypass the throttle when the engine is cold.The ICV is the black tube thing on top of the engine, sticking in the large rubber intake boot and the throttle body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First check if the valve is still ‘electrically’ okay by unplugging the connector and measuring resistance with a multimeter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* resistance between outer terminals: around 40 Ohm&lt;br /&gt;
* resistance between each outer and the inner terminal: around 20 Ohm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If anything is wrong with these values, one or both of the coils is burnt and you’ll need a new one. Price is about 130 Euros at the stealer. As an additional test you could apply 9V to the inner pin and - to one of the outer pins, the valve should open or close with a audible ’snap’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the valve seems to be okay, turn on the ignition measure the current from the ECU to the valve at the connector:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* between the inner pin and ground there should be battery voltage&lt;br /&gt;
* between any outer pin and the inner pin there should be around 10V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these values are off, something is wrong with the ECU, or something is wrong with a signal to the ECU. The signal to the outer pins comes from ECU pins 33 and 34, the inner pin is fed from somewhere else (sorry, haven’t trace this wire).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, take the valve off the car and see if it moves freely by quickly rotating the housing. If it doesn’t (or just looks icky), clean it out toroughly with carb and/or electric contact cleaner. Using WD-40 over here is said to attract to much dirt over time, but trust your own instincts on this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Throttle Position Switch (TPS)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|TPS]] is mounted on the underside of the [[Intake#Throttle_Body|Throttle Body]] (TB) and tells the computer if the throttle is closed, partially open, or wide open (WOT). As the switch is mounted on the bottom of the TB, oil, fuel and other crud tends to find it’s way into it, causing it to fail eventually. When it fails, it results in erratic idle, higher fuel consumption or lack of power on WOT.First check if you hear an audible click when you fully close or open the throttle. If you don’t hear this, the switch is really shot, misaligned or somebody messed with the throttle stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you hear it clicking, check if it actually works by disconnecting it’s connector and measuring continuity across it’s pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle closed there should be continuity between the inner and one of the outer pins&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle partially open there should be no continuity between any of the pins&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle fully open (about 7 degrees from it’s end) there should be continuity between the inner and the other of the outer pins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a quick check if at least the idle switch is working you could disconnect the connector with the car idling. The idle speed should rise when you do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Flow Meter (AFM)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Intake#AFM|AFM]] measures (unsurprisingly) the amount of incoming air. Basically it’s just a spring-loaded flap in the intake connected to a potentiometer. As the engine sucks in more air, the flap gets pushed open wider and so the resistance of the potentiometer changes. By measuring this resistance, the ECU knows how much air is entering the engine, and thus how much fuel is needed.There’s a number of things that can go wrong with the AFM:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The idle mixture bypass screw can be out of adjustment, causing a wrong idle mixture.&lt;br /&gt;
* The spring tension for the flap can be out of whack, causing a wrong idle and part-open throttle mixture.&lt;br /&gt;
* The flap can stick due to carbon buildup or because it’s out of alignment (because of a backfire for example), causing all kinds of freaky stuff.&lt;br /&gt;
* The carbon track can wear out, causing all kinds of freaky stuff, usually cutting out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuel Injectors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While they can get quite noisy (according to some people, you should only be worried when they stop making noise), the [[Fuel#Injectors|fuel injectors]] on these cars rarely break, but you can check them to be sure.They can get clogged up though. You could try running some injection cleaner trough the fuel (doing this once in a while, just before an oil change might be good preventive maintenance anyway), or try a “hot soak” procedure (do a google search), but if they’re really clogged, it’s probably best to remove them from the car and bring them to a specialized shop (in Europe, the Bosch Car Service Centres do this and are present in most areas, cost about 12 Euro per injector). As a bonus, they’ll replace the O-rings, the tiny filter in the injector and measure the spray pattern and flow rate. I had them cleaned on my car and noticed a slight different in the idle, but a definate difference in power in 4th and 5th gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adjusting the base idle speed and mixture=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure everything else is up to spec (check sensors, ignition, air leaks, throttle, TPS, etc.) before messing with these settings. The factory settings should be pretty much spot on, perhaps a little lean if everything is working fine.If that’s okay, warm the car completely, and unplug the TPS connector and short all three pins together. This instructs the ECU not to “mess” with the idle speed and sets the the ICV in a nominal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start the engine and adjust the idle with the bypass screw on top of the TB. Try to set it to around 800rpm. Rev it in-between adjustments, as sometimes the adjustments don’t have an immediate effect. If you can’t get the idle up high enough, your mixture is too lean, so you need to dial in some with the bypass screw on the AFM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust the mixture in small steps (wait about 30seconds each half turn for the computer to ‘catch up’) to obtain the so-called “best high idle”, which means that you stop enrichening the mixture as soon as the RPMs stop rising when you do so. Now, lean it out 1/4th of a turn again, this should provide an “about right” mixture. Next, rev it up to about 3000rpm and quickly close the throttle. If the RPMs drop briefly under the set idle RPM and then come back up the mixture is too rich and you need to lean it out a little more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can’t turn the screw anymore (usually inwards/richer) and still haven’t reached a correct mixture, the AFM spring probably needs adjustment. Turn the screw to approximately half way, open the AFM and adjust the spring one or two notches either way (clockwise is leaner, ccw is richer, exactly the opposite of the CO screw), until it runs better, then make final adjustments with the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you think you’ve got it right, plug back in the TPS and take it for a spin, and make minute adjustments to your likings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s probably wise to check with an exhaust gas analyzer (drive by your garage or a service shop) afterwards if the CO is within spec (0.5-1.5), but following the above you should be able to set the idle pretty much to spec without.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can’t get it to idle correctly this way, you have another problem. Most likely your valve clearances are set too tight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic_1.0&amp;diff=34011</id>
		<title>Motronic 1.0</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Motronic_1.0&amp;diff=34011"/>
		<updated>2015-02-28T19:13:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: New page: Motronic 1.0 was a short-lived engine management system for the early M20 engines. It replaced the neolithic Jetronic system, but was quickly replaced by Motr...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Motronic 1.0 was a short-lived [[Engine_Management|engine management]] system for the early [[M20]] engines. It replaced the neolithic [[Jetronic]] system, but was quickly replaced by Motronic 1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the lucky few who own one of these clunky installations, here's a low-down on how to get the most out of Motronic 1.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Overview=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.0 has some key differences to its far more popular [[Motronic 1.3]] variant. For instance:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 doesn’t have an O2 sensor / lambda control&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 uses a 2-row 35-pin connector on the ECU instead of the three-row 55 pin one.&lt;br /&gt;
* Motronic 1.0 has an additional idle air bypass screw on the throttle body&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There’s also quite some information on the early US 325(e)s, which is in general more comparable, but again there are differences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No separate idle control module (ICM), function integrated in the ECU.&lt;br /&gt;
* No cold-start injector&lt;br /&gt;
* No thermo-time switch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As long as you’re aware of these differences, much of the information on both these systems is fully applicable (including sensor resistance values, voltages, etc.), but you have to be a little creative.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=ECU Connector Pin-Out=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Motronic]] 1.0 [[ECU]] employs a 35-pin plug to connect to all the engine bay components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ignition#Coil|Ignition coil]] output&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=18|[[Image:Motronic1_0Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|Idle switch]]&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Main]] relay&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT]] switch&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Tachometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|Cranking signal&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] Temp sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground/Crank PosS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|Inlet Air Temp/Crank SpS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] signal *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] signal&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] supply&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto only special&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|Water Pressure switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Fuel consumption gauge]]&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] switch (if installed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
| +Inlet Air Temp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Water Temp]]&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	 &lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 3&amp;amp;4&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 1&amp;amp;2&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Components=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Connectors and wiring==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the whole wiring loom in most of our cars is now over 25 years old, wires and connectors tend to be pretty oxidized by now. When you check any of the following components, inspect and clean (with electric contact cleaner and a toothbrush) their connectors carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One connector that you won’t find by following the guide below is the large round connector mounted on the firewall, next to the fusebox. Known as the [[C101]] plug, this connector mates the various wiring looms in the car together and can corrode pretty badly over time, causing all kinds of intermittent and unexplainable failures. You can easily unclip it from the firewall and it screws open by turning the two halves a quarter clockwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Coolant Temperature Sensor==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.0 suffers from all the same [[Blue_Plug|coolant sensor]] issues that affect later Motronic versions.This Coolant Temperature Sensor to determine if the engine is cold or at operating temperature and adjusts the fuel supply accordingly. If it fails, it usually thinks the engine is cold, causing a rich mixture all the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The temp sensor is a blue sensor in the thermostat on top of the front of the engine. Don’t confuse it with the brown sensor which is only used for the gauge in the dashboard.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The resistance between the two pins should read:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* around 3KOhm when cold&lt;br /&gt;
* around 200 Ohm when hot&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it’s faulty, it needs to be replaced which implies you’ll need to drain some coolant. As a bodge you could connect both terminals with a 200 Ohm resistor so it’ll at least idle correctly when hot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Idle Control Valve (ICV)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ICV is used to allow extra air to bypass the throttle when the engine is cold.The ICV is the black tube thing on top of the engine, sticking in the large rubber intake boot and the throttle body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First check if the valve is still ‘electrically’ okay by unplugging the connector and measuring resistance with a multimeter:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* resistance between outer terminals: around 40 Ohm&lt;br /&gt;
* resistance between each outer and the inner terminal: around 20 Ohm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If anything is wrong with these values, one or both of the coils is burnt and you’ll need a new one. Price is about 130 Euros at the stealer. As an additional test you could apply 9V to the inner pin and - to one of the outer pins, the valve should open or close with a audible ’snap’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the valve seems to be okay, turn on the ignition measure the current from the ECU to the valve at the connector:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* between the inner pin and ground there should be battery voltage&lt;br /&gt;
* between any outer pin and the inner pin there should be around 10V&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If these values are off, something is wrong with the ECU, or something is wrong with a signal to the ECU. The signal to the outer pins comes from ECU pins 33 and 34, the inner pin is fed from somewhere else (sorry, haven’t trace this wire).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, take the valve off the car and see if it moves freely by quickly rotating the housing. If it doesn’t (or just looks icky), clean it out toroughly with carb and/or electric contact cleaner. Using WD-40 over here is said to attract to much dirt over time, but trust your own instincts on this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Throttle Position Switch (TPS)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The TPS is mounted on the underside of the Throttle Body (TB) and tells the computer if the throttle is closed, partially open, or wide open (WOT). As the switch is mounted on the bottom of the TB, oil, fuel and other crud tends to find it’s way into it, causing it to fail eventually. When it fails, it results in erratic idle, higher fuel consumption or lack of power on WOT.First check if you hear an audible click when you fully close or open the throttle. If you don’t hear this, the switch is really shot, misaligned or somebody messed with the throttle stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you hear it clicking, check if it actually works by disconnecting it’s connector and measuring continuity across it’s pins.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle closed there should be continuity between the inner and one of the outer pins&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle partially open there should be no continuity between any of the pins&lt;br /&gt;
* With the throttle fully open (about 7 degrees from it’s end) there should be continuity between the inner and the other of the outer pins&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a quick check if at least the idle switch is working you could disconnect the connector with the car idling. The idle speed should rise when you do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Air Flow Meter (AFM)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The AFM meters -unsurprisingly- the amount of incoming air. Basically it’s just a spring-loaded flap in the intake connected to a potentiometer. As the engine sucks in more air, the flap gets pushed open wider and so the resistance of the potentiometer changes. By measuring this resistance, the ECU knows how much air is entering the engine, and thus how much fuel is needed.There’s a number of things that can go wrong with the AFM:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The idle mixture bypass screw can be out of adjustment, causing a wrong idle mixture.&lt;br /&gt;
* The spring tension for the flap can be out of whack, causing a wrong idle and part-open throttle mixture.&lt;br /&gt;
* The flap can stick due to carbon buildup or because it’s out of alignment (because of a backfire for example), causing all kinds of freaky stuff.&lt;br /&gt;
* The carbon track can wear out, causing all kinds of freaky stuff, usually cutting out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Fuel Injectors==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While they can get quite noisy (according to some people, you should only be worried when they stop making noise), the fuel injectors on these cars rarely break, but you can check them to be sure.They can get clogged up though. You could try running some injection cleaner trough the fuel (doing this once in a while, just before an oil change might be good preventive maintenance anyway), or try a “hot soak” procedure (do a google search), but if they’re really clogged, it’s probably best to remove them from the car and bring them to a specialized shop (in Europe, the Bosch Car Service Centres do this and are present in most areas, cost about 12 Euro per injector). As a bonus, they’ll replace the O-rings, the tiny filter in the injector and measure the spray pattern and flow rate. I had them cleaned on my car and noticed a slight different in the idle, but a definate difference in power in 4th and 5th gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adjustments=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Adjusting the base idle speed and mixture=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, make sure everything else is up to spec (check sensors, ignition, air leaks, throttle, TPS, etc.) before messing with these settings. The factory settings should be pretty much spot on, perhaps a little lean if everything is working fine.If that’s okay, warm the car completely, and unplug the TPS connector and short all three pins together. This instructs the ECU not to “mess” with the idle speed and sets the the ICV in a nominal position.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start the engine and adjust the idle with the bypass screw on top of the TB. Try to set it to around 800rpm. Rev it in-between adjustments, as sometimes the adjustments don’t have an immediate effect. If you can’t get the idle up high enough, your mixture is too lean, so you need to dial in some with the bypass screw on the AFM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust the mixture in small steps (wait about 30seconds each half turn for the computer to ‘catch up’) to obtain the so-called “best high idle”, which means that you stop enrichening the mixture as soon as the RPMs stop rising when you do so. Now, lean it out 1/4th of a turn again, this should provide an “about right” mixture. Next, rev it up to about 3000rpm and quickly close the throttle. If the RPMs drop briefly under the set idle RPM and then come back up the mixture is too rich and you need to lean it out a little more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can’t turn the screw anymore (usually inwards/richer) and still haven’t reached a correct mixture, the AFM spring probably needs adjustment. Turn the screw to approximately half way, open the AFM and adjust the spring one or two notches either way (clockwise is leaner, ccw is richer, exactly the opposite of the CO screw), until it runs better, then make final adjustments with the screw.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you think you’ve got it right, plug back in the TPS and take it for a spin, and make minute adjustments to your likings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s probably wise to check with an exhaust gas analyzer (drive by your garage or a service shop) afterwards if the CO is within spec (0.5-1.5), but following the above you should be able to set the idle pretty much to spec without.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you can’t get it to idle correctly this way, you have another problem. Most likely your valve clearances are set too tight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=ECU_Pinouts&amp;diff=34010</id>
		<title>ECU Pinouts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=ECU_Pinouts&amp;diff=34010"/>
		<updated>2015-02-28T19:13:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Image:DSCF4449.jpg|thumb|right|240px|[[Motronic_1.3|Motronic 1.3]] ECU plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[ECU]] is the very heart of your [[Engine_Management|engine management]] system. Almost everything under the bonnet, and a lot of the stuff inside the car, connects to it in some way. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When things start going wrong, it's essential to check that signals are getting to or coming from the ECU, and that means testing the wiring. To help you identify what goes where, here are the pinouts for each generation of [[E30]] ECU.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Jetronic=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Jetronic]]'s primitive management system only controlled [[Fuel|fuelling]], so the ECU is little more than an injection control unit. The control model uses a 25-pin plug, with Pin 1 at the cable end. Note that the ECU connector is accompanied by the C104, a small 3-pin plug that provides data for the [[Instruments]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Colour&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Colour&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|GN&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Engine Speed input]] (RPM)&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=13|[[Image:JetronicPins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|Closed Throttle input]] &lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/BK&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT input]]&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|BK/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|Cranking signal&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|BU/BR&lt;br /&gt;
|Cancels deceleration fuel shutoff when [[Aircon|A/C]] clutch is on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|GN/RD&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine Load Output to Vacuum Control&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|GY/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|GN&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 Sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|GN/VI&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] reference output&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|RD/WT&lt;br /&gt;
|Power input&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/GN&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel rate to [[Diagnostic_Plug|Diagnostic plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/RD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Coolant Temp input]]&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|WT&lt;br /&gt;
|Barometric Pressure input&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] and [[Instruments#Econometer|Econometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=7|C104&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|BL/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Tachometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|WT&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Econometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Motronic 1.0=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Motronic 1.0]] ECU employs a 35-pin plug to connect to all the engine bay components.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin&lt;br /&gt;
!Function&lt;br /&gt;
!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ignition#Coil|Ignition coil]] output&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=18|[[Image:Motronic1_0Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|Idle switch]]&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Main]] relay&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT]] switch&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Tachometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|Cranking signal&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] Temp sensor&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground/Crank PosS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|Inlet Air Temp/Crank SpS Gnd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] signal *&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] signal&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank position sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] supply&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank speed sensor 2]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto only special&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|Water Pressure switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Fuel consumption gauge]]&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] switch (if installed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
| +Inlet Air Temp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Water Temp]]&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|- 	 &lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 3&amp;amp;4&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] output cyl 1&amp;amp;2&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] pulse&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Motronic 1.1=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Motronic 1.1 uses a much chunkier plug, fitting 55 pins into three rows. Unlike Jetronic and Motronic 1.0, pin 1 is now at the end furthest from the cable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin!!Function!!Pin!!Function!!Pin!!Function!!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|Timing Control - to [[Ignition#Coil|coil]] and [[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]]&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!38&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=19|[[Image:Motronic1_3Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!39&lt;br /&gt;
|Programming voltage - [[Diagnostic_Plug|Diagnostic Plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Fuel_Pump|Fuel pump]] relay control&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|Idle speed]] control&lt;br /&gt;
!40&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] on input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|Idle speed]] control&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] heater&lt;br /&gt;
!41&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Carbon_Canister|Evaporative purge]] valve&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!42&lt;br /&gt;
|Park/ neutral input (auto only)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Engine Speed output]]- to instrument cluster&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!43&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] input - pin 2&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] common- ground pin 4&lt;br /&gt;
!44&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] air inlet temp- pin 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|Start input- to ignition switch and [[Ignition#Coil|coil]]&lt;br /&gt;
!45&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Coolant Temp input]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!46&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!47&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Engine speed]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!48&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Engine speed]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] reference output- pin 3&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!49&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|RXO - [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Econometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!50&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!51&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Check_Light|Check engine light]] - to cluster&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!52&lt;br /&gt;
|Closed throttle input - pin 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 1,3,5&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!53&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT input]] - pin 3&lt;br /&gt;
Note: TPS pin 2 is ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 2,4,6&lt;br /&gt;
!36&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Main relay]]&lt;br /&gt;
!54&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|Power input [[DME|main relay]]&lt;br /&gt;
!37&lt;br /&gt;
|Power input - to [[DME|main relay]]&lt;br /&gt;
!55&lt;br /&gt;
|TXD - [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Motronic 1.3=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Motronic_1.3|Motronic 1.3]] uses the same [[Engine_Loom|engine loom]] as Motronic 1.1, and therefore the 55-pin plug remains the same. However, the small differences that crept into production during the lifetime of Motronic 1.3 mean that a few extra wires are in place, to control features such as [[ABS]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin!!Colour!!Function!!Pin!!Colour!!Function!!Pin!!Colour!!Function!!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|BK&lt;br /&gt;
|Timing Control - to [[Ignition#Coil|coil]] and [[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]]&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!38&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[ABS]] and [[On-board_Computer|OBC]] cutoff for [[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=19|[[Image:Motronic1_3Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!39&lt;br /&gt;
|GN/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|Programming voltage - [[Diagnostic_Plug|Diagnostic Plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/GN&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Fuel_Pump|Fuel pump]] relay control&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/GN&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|Idle speed]] Close control&lt;br /&gt;
!40&lt;br /&gt;
|BK/GY&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] low pressure cutoff&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|Idle speed control&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/GR&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] heater&lt;br /&gt;
!41&lt;br /&gt;
|VI/GY&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] On input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Carbon_Canister|Evaporative purge]] valve&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!42&lt;br /&gt;
|RD/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|Park/ neutral input (auto only)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|BK&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Tachometer|Tachometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!43&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|GY/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] input - pin 2&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|GY/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] common- ground pin 4&lt;br /&gt;
!44&lt;br /&gt;
|GY/VI&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] air inlet temp- pin 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|BL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|GN&lt;br /&gt;
|Start input- to ignition switch and [[Ignition#Coil|coil]] from [[On-board_Computer|OBC]]&lt;br /&gt;
!45&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/RD&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Coolant Temp input]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|BK&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!46&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 sensor]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|BK/WT&lt;br /&gt;
|Vehicle Speed input from [[Instruments#Dash_Cluster|instrument cluster]]&lt;br /&gt;
!47&lt;br /&gt;
|BL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Engine speed]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!48&lt;br /&gt;
|YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Engine speed]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|GY/WT&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#AFM|AFM]] reference output- pin 3&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!49&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|RXO - [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/BL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Econometer]]&lt;br /&gt;
!50&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[ABS]] Deceleration Fuel Cut-Off Overide &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!51&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Auto Kick-Down Switch input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|GY&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Check_Light|Check engine light]] - to cluster&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!52&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/BL&lt;br /&gt;
|Closed throttle input - pin 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/WT&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 1,3,5&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!53&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/BL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|WOT input]] - pin 3&lt;br /&gt;
Note: TPS pin 2 is ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/YL&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 2,4,6&lt;br /&gt;
!36&lt;br /&gt;
|BR&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Main relay]] output&lt;br /&gt;
!54&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|Automatic Transmission Torque Converter Lock-up Switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|RD&lt;br /&gt;
|Constant 12V from [[Battery]]&lt;br /&gt;
!37&lt;br /&gt;
|RD/BU&lt;br /&gt;
|Switched power from [[DME|main relay]]&lt;br /&gt;
!55&lt;br /&gt;
|WT/VI&lt;br /&gt;
|TXD - [[Diagnostic_Plug|diagnostic plug]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|BR/OR&lt;br /&gt;
|Main Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Motronic 1.7=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Motronic 1.7 system was exclusive to the [[318iS]] before being fitted to the [[E36]]. For all you 16Vers, this table was taken from the E36 handbook; hopefully it will prove to be applicable to the E30 as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Pin!!Function!!Pin!!Function!!Pin!!Function!!Image&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!1&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Fuel_Pump|Fuel pump]] relay output&lt;br /&gt;
!29&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#ICV|ICV]] output&lt;br /&gt;
!56&lt;br /&gt;
|Ignition switch input&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=28|[[Image:Motronic1_7Pins.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!2&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!30&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!57-58&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!3&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 2 and 4&lt;br /&gt;
!31&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!59&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|TPS]] and VAF 5V reference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!4&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!32&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injectors]] 1 and 3&lt;br /&gt;
!60&lt;br /&gt;
|Data link connector input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!5&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!33&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!61-63&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!6&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Injectors|Injector]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
!34&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!64&lt;br /&gt;
|Transmission control input (EGS)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!7&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!35&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!65&lt;br /&gt;
|Automatic transmission range switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!8&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Check_Light|Check engine light]]&lt;br /&gt;
!36&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fuel#Carbon_Canister|Evaporative purge]] valve&lt;br /&gt;
!66&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!9&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!37&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 Sensor]] heater&lt;br /&gt;
!67&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank Position Sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!10&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!38&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!68&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Crank_Position_Sensor|Crank Position Sensor]] output&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!11&lt;br /&gt;
|Transmission control input (EGS) - DKV sensor&lt;br /&gt;
!39&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!69&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!12&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Throttle_Position_Switch|TPS]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!40&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!70&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 Sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!13&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!41&lt;br /&gt;
|Volume Air Flow sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
!71&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intake#Lambda|O2 Sensor]] ground&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!14&lt;br /&gt;
|Volume Air Flow sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
!42&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinders 3-4 knock sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
!72&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!15&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinders 1-2 knock sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
!43&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground for temp, knock and throttle sensors&lt;br /&gt;
!73&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Speedometer|Vehicle Speed output]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!16&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!44&lt;br /&gt;
|[[CID|Cylinder ID sensor]] input&lt;br /&gt;
!74&lt;br /&gt;
|Crankshaft Speed signal TD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!17&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instruments#Econometer|Fuel consumption]] for [[Instruments]]&lt;br /&gt;
!45&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!75&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!18&lt;br /&gt;
|Intake air resonance takeover valve&lt;br /&gt;
!46&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!76&lt;br /&gt;
|Volume Air Flow sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!19&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!47&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!77&lt;br /&gt;
|Volume Air Flow sensor input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!20&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!48&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] compressor cutout&lt;br /&gt;
!78&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blue_Temp_Sensor|Coolant Temp input]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!21&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!49&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!79-80&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!22&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!50&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!81&lt;br /&gt;
|[[On-board_Computer|OBC]] code protection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!23&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!51&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinder 4 Ignition Coil&lt;br /&gt;
!82-84&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!24&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinder 3 Ignition Coil&lt;br /&gt;
!52&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinder 2 Ignition Coil&lt;br /&gt;
!85&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] pressure switch input&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!25&lt;br /&gt;
|Cylinder 1 Ignition Coil&lt;br /&gt;
!53&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!86&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Aircon|A/C]] switch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!26&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery]] Voltage input&lt;br /&gt;
!54&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Engine control relay]] output pin 87a&lt;br /&gt;
!87&lt;br /&gt;
|Data Link Connector RxD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!27&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DME|Engine control relay]] output pin 85&lt;br /&gt;
!55&lt;br /&gt;
|Ignition Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!88&lt;br /&gt;
|Data Link Connector TxD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!28&lt;br /&gt;
|Ground&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34009</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34009"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:32:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest#Installation|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Steering|Power steering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Instrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34008</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34008"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:08:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest#Installation|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Steering|Power steering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34007</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34007"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:07:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest#Installation|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34006</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34006"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:07:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest#Installation|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34005</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34005"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:07:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest#Installation|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34004</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34004"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T19:00:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34003</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34003"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:59:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Headlight_Adjusters|Headlight Adjusters]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Headlight_Washers|Headlight Wash-Wipe system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34002</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34002"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:56:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Windows#Door_windows|Electric windows]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Lights#Headlights|Ellipsoid headlamps]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Lights#Foglights|Foglights]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Roof#Cabriolet|Rear window]] repair&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Body_Kits#Side_Skirts|SE Sideskirts]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[E30_ICE|Sound system]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Steering_Wheels|Steering Wheels]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_1|M-Technic 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|[[Body_Kits#Tech_2|M-Technic II]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions&amp;diff=34001</id>
		<title>Convertible Rear Window Sew in instructions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Convertible_Rear_Window_Sew_in_instructions&amp;diff=34001"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:51:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Sewing in your replacement rear screen  ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Image-E30_sewin_Rear_window_instructions.pdf‎  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
My top tip,  is to make sure that you take note of the temperatures you are working in. I foolishly cut the shape of the window in a warm kitchen on a hot summers day (a warm Scottish summers day ) and when it came to sewing it in, it had shrunk in more normal temperatures and it made the glueing and sewing job a lot harder.&lt;br /&gt;
topblag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Technical]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Repair]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Windows]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34000</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=34000"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:48:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery In Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ellipsoid headlamps&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Foglights&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear window repair&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SE Sideskirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sound system&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering Wheels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic II&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33999</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33999"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:48:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Touring_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ellipsoid headlamps&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Foglights&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear window repair&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SE Sideskirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sound system&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering Wheels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic II&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33998</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33998"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:47:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Aircon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Aircon|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Armrest]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Battery_In_Boot|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Locks#Central_Locking|Central locking]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Cruise Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_Cruise_Control|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ellipsoid headlamps&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Foglights&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|[[Retrofitting_Front_Fog_Lights|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Media:Headlamp_washers.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Heated Washers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Heated_washer_jets.PDF‎|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interior Light Delay module&lt;br /&gt;
|Retrofitting_Interior_Light_Delay_Unit|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC]] (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Retrofitting_OBC|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[OBC_Instruction_Book|Instruction book]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring_Rear_Headrests|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear window repair&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|[[nstrument_Cluster_Replacement|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Servicing_your_electric_roof|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SE Sideskirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sound system&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering Wheels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic II&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Bumpers&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Fitting_Tech2_front_and_rear_bumpers|Click me]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33997</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33997"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:34:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aircon&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Armrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Central locking&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Cruise control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ellipsoid headlamps&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Foglights&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
(Motorola CM451)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OBC (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OBC (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear window repair&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SE Sideskirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sound system&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering Wheels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic II&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33996</id>
		<title>Retrofit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=Retrofit&amp;diff=33996"/>
		<updated>2015-02-26T18:31:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: New page: Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.  Where poss...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Your E30 is nice and shiny, but it can feel a bit like underequipped compared to modern cars. Don't worry; here's a handy set of guides to retrofit some upgrades to your motor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where possible, the official BMW guides are supplemented by tutorials written by Zoners. The BMW guides are predominantly in German, but English translations are provided at the end of each document, where available.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Zone Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!BMW Guide&lt;br /&gt;
!Model&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Aircon&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf|Wiring supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon%2C_M42.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M42]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon with temp control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Aircon_with_temp_control%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aircon - R12 to R134a&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:R12_to_R134_aircon_conversion.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Aerial&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_mounted_auto_aerial.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Armrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Centre_armrest_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Central locking&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Central_locking_up_to_9.84.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 9/1984&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Central_locking_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Coolant pre-heater&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Coolant_preheater%2C_diesel.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Diesel]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Installation_kit_for_coolant_preheater.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Cruise control&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control%2C_M20_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cruise_control.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|all&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electric windows&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Electric_windows.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ellipsoid headlamps&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ellipsoid_headlamps_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Engine start inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Engine_start_inhibitor_for_alarms%2C_M40.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fire extinguisher&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_fitting_instructions.pdf|Fitting instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Fire_extinguisher_operating_instructions.pdf|Operating instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Foglights&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps_up_to_9.85.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 09/1985&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Installation_kit_for_foglamps.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|up to 08/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Foglamps%2C_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Footrest&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Footrest%2C_LH_drive.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Fuel Can&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Fuel_can.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hardtop&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
||[[Media:Hardtop%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Hardtop_supplement.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Headlight Adjusters&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_adjuster_system.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Headlight Wash-Wipe system&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_wipers_and_washers.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:Headlamp_washers_and_intensive_screen_cleaner.pdf|Intensive Wash]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Headlamp_washwipe%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Heated seats&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_heating%2C_saloon.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Illuminated Gear Knob&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Illuminated_gear_lever.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Lights on Warning&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Lights_on_warning_device.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|Luggage mat&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=2|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_net.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Sedan]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Luggage_compartment_mat%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mobile phone&lt;br /&gt;
Motorola CM451&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:http://www.e30zone.net/e30zonewiki/images/0/04/Radio_telephone_%28german%29.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OBC (6 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|OBC (13 button)&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|Power steering&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering%2C_M10.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M10]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Power_steering_6_cylinder.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M20]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[M40]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Rear Head Rests&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_head_rests%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear window repair&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Cab_rear_window_repair.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rev Counter and Clock&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Rev_counter_and_clock_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roller sunblind&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Combined_roller_sun_blind%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Roof, Electric&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement%2C_power_soft_top.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|SE Sideskirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:SE_sideskirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Seat lumbar support&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Seat_lumbar_support.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Second interior mirror&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Second_interior_mirror.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side window blinds&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Side_window_roller_blinds%2C_touring.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ski bag&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Ski_bag.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Sound system&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Soundsystem%2C_E30_Cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering cooler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Steering_cooler%2C_4WD.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Steering Wheels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdfInstructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Sumpguard&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:IX_sumpgaurd.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[325iX]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Tow hitch&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|09/1987 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Touring]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Thief proofing&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|1985 on&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wind deflector&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wind_deflector%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Window Close module&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Window_closure_module.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Wood Interior&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:Wood_interior_trim.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Front Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_front_spoiler_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_rear_apron_to_9.87.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Side Skirts&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_1_side_skirts.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|to 09/1987&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;|M-Technic II&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Apron&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_apron_supplementry_instructions.pdf|Supplement]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Rear Spoiler&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_rear_spoiler.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Side Panels&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_installation_instructions.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Saloon]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Media:M-tech_II_side_panels%2C_cab.pdf|Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Cabriolet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf&amp;diff=33995</id>
		<title>File:Woodline and blackline steering wheels.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Woodline_and_blackline_steering_wheels.pdf&amp;diff=33995"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:12:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Steering wheels&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Steering wheels&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Wood_interior_trim.pdf&amp;diff=33994</id>
		<title>File:Wood interior trim.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Wood_interior_trim.pdf&amp;diff=33994"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:12:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Wood interior trim&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Wood interior trim&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Window_closure_module.pdf&amp;diff=33993</id>
		<title>File:Window closure module.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Window_closure_module.pdf&amp;diff=33993"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:11:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Window closure module&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Window closure module&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Wind_deflector,_cab.pdf&amp;diff=33992</id>
		<title>File:Wind deflector, cab.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Wind_deflector,_cab.pdf&amp;diff=33992"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:11:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Wind deflector - cabriolet&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Wind deflector - cabriolet&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf&amp;diff=33991</id>
		<title>File:Towing hitch from 9.87.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Towing_hitch_from_9.87.pdf&amp;diff=33991"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:11:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Towhitch - 87 on&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Towhitch - 87 on&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Touring_aerial.pdf&amp;diff=33990</id>
		<title>File:Touring aerial.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Touring_aerial.pdf&amp;diff=33990"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:10:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Aerial - Touring&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Aerial - Touring&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf&amp;diff=33989</id>
		<title>File:Thief proofing 85 on.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Thief_proofing_85_on.pdf&amp;diff=33989"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:10:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Thief proofing - 85 on&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Thief proofing - 85 on&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf&amp;diff=33988</id>
		<title>File:Supplementry aircon wiring.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplementry_aircon_wiring.pdf&amp;diff=33988"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:10:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Aircon wiring supplement&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Aircon wiring supplement&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplement,_power_soft_top.pdf&amp;diff=33987</id>
		<title>File:Supplement, power soft top.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplement,_power_soft_top.pdf&amp;diff=33987"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:09:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Electric roof - Cabriolet&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Electric roof - Cabriolet&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf&amp;diff=33986</id>
		<title>File:Supplement for touring tow hitch.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Supplement_for_touring_tow_hitch.pdf&amp;diff=33986"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:09:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Towhitch supplement - Touring&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Towhitch supplement - Touring&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf&amp;diff=33985</id>
		<title>File:Sumpgaurd 9.87 on.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Sumpgaurd_9.87_on.pdf&amp;diff=33985"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:09:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Sumpguard - 87 on&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Sumpguard - 87 on&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Steering_cooler,_4WD.pdf&amp;diff=33984</id>
		<title>File:Steering cooler, 4WD.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Steering_cooler,_4WD.pdf&amp;diff=33984"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:08:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Steering cooler - iX&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Steering cooler - iX&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Soundsystem,_E30_Cab.pdf&amp;diff=33983</id>
		<title>File:Soundsystem, E30 Cab.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Soundsystem,_E30_Cab.pdf&amp;diff=33983"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:08:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Sound system - cabriolet&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Sound system - cabriolet&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Ski_bag.pdf&amp;diff=33982</id>
		<title>File:Ski bag.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Ski_bag.pdf&amp;diff=33982"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:08:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - Ski bag&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - Ski bag&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf&amp;diff=33981</id>
		<title>File:Six button OBC. Outside temp indicator.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Six_button_OBC._Outside_temp_indicator.pdf&amp;diff=33981"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:08:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - OBC - six button&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - OBC - six button&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Side_window_roller_blinds,_touring.pdf&amp;diff=33980</id>
		<title>File:Side window roller blinds, touring.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Side_window_roller_blinds,_touring.pdf&amp;diff=33980"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:07:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - side window blinds  - touring&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - side window blinds  - touring&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Second_interior_mirror.pdf&amp;diff=33979</id>
		<title>File:Second interior mirror.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.e30zone.net/e30wiki/index.php?title=File:Second_interior_mirror.pdf&amp;diff=33979"/>
		<updated>2015-02-25T17:07:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Grrrmachine: Retrofit - second interior mirror&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Retrofit - second interior mirror&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Grrrmachine</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>